ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10

MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A



OPERATOR'S MANUAL

LIGHTWEIGHT
COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)






SUPERSEDURE NOTICE. Supersedes copy dated 18 December 1987.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and
their contractors. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes, as
determined 16 September 1994. ARMY: Other requests for this document shall be referred to
TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LC-LMPP / TECH PUBS, 1 Rock
Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. MARINE CORPS: Requests for this document
must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or
reconstruction of the document.


HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
15 SEPTEMBER 1998

PCN18408206100





















































TM 9-1010-223-10
a Change 7

WARNI NG SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials
warnings that must be understood and applied during operation and maintenance of this
equipment. Failure to observe these precautions could result in serious injury or death to
personnel. Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used
within the technical manual.

FIRST AID

For information on first aid, see FM 4-25.11, First Aid.

ACCIDENTS AND MALFUNCTION REPORTS (Marine Corps Only)

Accidents involving injury to personnel or damage to the equipment will be reported in
accordance with current edition of MCO P5102.1_ (Ground Mishaps Report).

EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS



EAR PROTECTION - Headphones over ears shows that noise level will
harm ears.


EXPLOSION - Rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may
explode if subjected to high temperatures, sources of ignition, or high
pressure.


WEAPON FIRE - Weapon may accidentally discharge causing severe
injury or death.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 b

WARNI NG SUMMARY- Cont i nued

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING


LOADING AND FIRING

Firing site must have mask clearance and no overhead obstructions.

Firing over the heads of unprotected troops is prohibited during training. In combat,
personnel should take cover whenever possible when mortars are being fired over their
heads. Refer to AR 385-63 for guidance.

Adequate fragmentation cover will be taken when firing cartridges for distances less than
300 meters. During training, cartridges will be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters.
The mortar crew should consider taking cover whenever possible when firing at charges 0
and 1.

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death, cover the
mortar cartridges prior to firing to prevent sand, dust, dirt, mud, snow, ice, and any other
debris from getting into the fuze turbine.

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death, mortar
cartridges should not be fired into sand or dust storms or heavy snow or ice storms except
in a combat emergency.

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death, do not fire
any mortar cartridge that has sand, dust, dirt, mud, snow, ice, or any other debris in the
turbine inlet.

Selector should be at S (safe) except when firing.

Misalignment of safe detent position on firing selector will cause a malfunction, which
may accidentally arm the mortar and can cause an unintentional discharge of round.
Injury or death may occur.

Trigger firing with an unseated baseplate in the conventional mode is prohibited.

Trigger fire only at charge 0 or 1, with either baseplate.

Short rounds may occur if an excessive amount of oil or water is in barrel during firing.

TM 9-1010-223-10
c Change 7

WARNI NG SUMMARY- Cont i nued

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION - Continued

WARNING


LOADING AND FIRING

For M1061 cartridge: DO NOT fire in hand-held mode with single ball range indicator.

In hand-held mode DO NOT fire with any charge greater than the following:
1. M720/M888 cartridge: charge one
2. M720A1/M768 cartridge: charge one
3. M721 cartridge: charge one
4. M722/M722A1 cartridge: charge one
5. M769 cartridge: charge one
6. M49A4 cartridge: charge three
7. M83 series cartridge: charge two
8. M302A1 cartridge: charge two
9. M1061 cartridge: charge one

WARNING


LOADING AND FIRING
Loading a mortar weapon with two men alternating can be very dangerous and could
prove fatal. Even with one-man loading, double loading can occur. This is especially true
in rapid fire exercises. For this reason, it is imperative that there be absolute certainty
that the previous round has left the mortar tube before a new round is dropped in. The
commander (or his appointee) should keep careful watch for misfire and double loading.

In hand-held mode, place baseplate against solid object when:
1. Firing at range more than 300 meters for charge zero.
2. Firing at ranges of more than 950 meters for charge one.
The mortar could slip if precautions are not observed and personnel injury or death could
result.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 d

WARNI NG SUMMARY- Cont i nued

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION - Continued

WARNING


MISFIRE

If misfire occurs with an unseated baseplate in the conventional mode, do not attempt to
trigger fire the mortar. Place selector lever on S and proceed with the remainder of the
misfire procedure in this manual.

Do not look into cannon or try to force a cartridge down the bore.

Never attempt to remove a misfired round from a hot cannon.

To avoid personnel injury or death, never stand behind or in front of the tube; stand on
either side.

After lifting mortar out of baseplate, never allow breech cap end of cannon tube to go
below horizontal position until the round is removed. Round could detonate and result in
personnel injury or death.

To avoid personnel injury, never put hands in front of the muzzle opening.

WARNING


AMMUNITION

Firing temperature limits for M720, M720A1, M721, M722, M722A1, M767, M768, M888,
and M1061 cartridges are - 50°F to + 145°F. Firing temperature limits for M766 and M769
practice cartridges are 0°F to +110°F. Temperature limits for all other cartridges are -
40°F to +125°F.

Do not fire unpacked ammunition which has been dropped, or packaged ammunition
which has been dropped from a height greater than one meter. These cartridges will be
returned to Ammunition Supply Point (ASP) as unserviceable.

Propelling charges are not interchangeable. Do not substitute one model for another. Do
not mix lots.

TM 9-1010-223-10
e Change 7

WARNI NG SUMMARY- Cont i nued

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION - Continued

WARNING


AMMUNITION

Propelling charge increments should be positioned as close to fin as possible to avoid a
short round.

M525 and M527 PD fuzes. Do not fire cartridges if fuze makes a buzzing sound when
removing safety pins. Check fuze for presence of bore-riding pin after removing safety pin.
Do not fire cartridge if bore-riding pin is missing. Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal
(EOD).

Inspect M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes to ensure that fuze striker is not protruding from
nose of fuze so that red stripe is visible. If fuze striker is protruding so that red stripe is
visible, fuze may be armed. Force applied to nose of fuze may cause it to function. Remove
cartridge to dud pit, taking care not to strike nose of fuze, and notify EOD.
WARNING


HEARING CONSERVATION

The 60-mm mortar poses a significant risk of hearing loss. Hearing loss is a certainty for
those not using hearing protection properly. Significant damage can occur even for a
single, unprotected exposure.
• The Gunner and Assistant Gunner will use single hearing protection while
maintaining a head position at least one meter to the side and one meter or
more to the rear of the muzzle.
• Head positions should be below the muzzle when a round is fired. Under these
conditions, no more than 100 rounds per day may be fired by the crew.
• All personnel within 78 meters of the firing position must wear single hearing
protection during all firings.
• All 60-mm mortar crewmen must be trained in the proper use of both types of
hearing protection and checked by appropriate medical personnel to ensure
proper fit of earplugs.
• If firing any M720A1, M768, or M769 cartridges at charge 4, the total number of
rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 76. If firing the M1061 cartridge
at charge 4, the total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to
130.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 f

WARNI NG SUMMARY- Cont i nued

EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS



CHEMICAL - Drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause
burns or irritation to human skin or tissue.


EYE PROTECTION - Person with goggles shows that the material will
injure the eyes.



FIRE - Flame shows that a material will ignite and cause burns.



RADIATION - Three circular wedges shows that the material emits
radioactive energy and can injure human tissue.


VAPOR - Human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present
danger to life or health.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION

WARNING


PAINT THINNERS

Paint thinners are flammable and toxic. Do not use near an open flame. Use only in a well
ventilated area.


TM 9-1010-223-10
g/h blank Change 7

WARNI NG SUMMARY- Cont i nued

EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS - Continued

WARNING


RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)

The M67/M64/M64A1 Sight Units, Range Indicator, and M58/M59 Aiming Post Lights
contain radioactive tritium gas in sealed source form. Exposure to tritium gas is a
potential ionizing radiation hazard.
● Eating, drinking, or smoking is NOT allowed in tritium device maintenance areas.
● Arms rooms are not authorized work areas for the range indicator or any other
radioactive mortar component.
● All personnel who operate and/or maintain fire control equipment must be aware of
the special precautions to control exposure to tritium. See "Tritium (H3) Safety,
Care, and Handling" in WP 0001 00.
● Immediately report any suspected lost or damaged items to your Local Radiation
Safety Officer (LRSO). If your LRSO cannot be reached, contact the TACOM-RI
Safety Office during regular duty hours at DSN 793-2965/4594, 309-782-2965/4594.

LRSO:____________________________ Phone:______________________________












ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10
MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A


CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 7 HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
WASHINGTON, D.C., 15 April 2010

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

LIGHTWEIGHT
COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies
and their contractors. This publication is required for administration and operational
purposes, as determined 16 September 1994. ARMY: Other requests for this document will
be referred to TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-
MPP / TECH PUBS, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. MARINE
CORPS: Requests for this document will be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps
(ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of
contents or reconstruction of the document.


TM 9-1010-223-10, 15 September 1998, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

2. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.

3. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the
updated area.



MARINE CORPS PUBLICATION CONTROL NUMBER: 18408206100
15 April 2010



4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

a through d a through g/h blank
A/B blank A/B blank
i and ii i and ii
1 through 3/4 blank (Index) 1 through 3/4 blank (Index)

5. Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.

Work Package Number

WP 0001 00
WP 0002 00
WP 0007 00
WP 0008 00
WP 0009 00
WP 0012 00
WP 0016 00
WP 0017 00
WP 0021 00
WP 0022 00
WP 0023 00
WP 0024 00
WP 0025 00







By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps:


GEORGE W. CASEY, JR. R. P. SHOCKEY
General, United States Army Director, Program Support
Chief of Staff Marine Corps Systems Command



Official:




JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
1008505




DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number
(IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.

MARINE CORPS DISTRIBUTION: PCN: 18408206100.









ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10
MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A


CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 6 HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
WASHINGTON, D.C., 30 April 2008

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

LIGHTWEIGHT
COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies
and their contractors. This publication is required for administration and operational
purposes, as determined 16 September 1994. Army: Other requests for this document shall
be referred to: U. S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LC-
LMPP / TECH PUBS, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. Marine Corps:
Requests for this document must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD),
Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

TM 9-1010-223-10, 15 September 1998, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

2. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.

3. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the
updated area.

4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

a through d a through d
A/B blank A/B blank
i and ii i and ii
3/4 blank 3/4 blank
Front Cover Front Cover
Marine Corps PCN 18408106100-6



5. Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.

Work Package Number

WP 0001 00
WP 0002 00
WP 0008 00
WP 0009 00
WP 0020 00
WP 0024 00





By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps:


GEORGE W. CASEY, JR. R. P. SHOCKEY
General, United States Army Director, Program Support
Chief of Staff Marine Corps Systems Command



Official:




JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0810002




DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number
(IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.







ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10
MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A


CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 5 HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
WASHINGTON, D.C, 18 February 2006

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

LIGHTWEIGHT
COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies
and their contractors. This publication is required for administration and operational
purposes, as determined 16 September 1994. Army: Other requests for this document shall
be referred to ATTN: AMSTA-LC-LPIT, TACOM-ROCK ISLAND, 1 Rock Island Arsenal,
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be referred
to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

TM 9-1010-223-10, 15 September 1998, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

2. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.

3. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the
updated area.

4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

a through d a through d
A/B blank A/B blank
i and ii i and ii
1 and 2 (Index) 1 and 2 (Index)
Front Cover Front Cover

5. Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.

Work Package Number

WP 0001 00
WP 0002 00
WP 0004 00
WP 0005 00
WP 0007 00
WP 0009 00
WP 0010 00
WP 0012 00
WP 0016 00
WP 0017 00
WP 0020 00
WP 0021 00
WP 0024 00
WP 0025 00





By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps:


PETER J. SCHOOMAKER R. P. SHOCKEY
General, United States Army Director, Program Support
Chief of Staff Marine Corps Systems Command



Official:


SANDRA R. RILEY
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0527208




DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number
(IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.






ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10
MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A


CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 4 HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
3 2004
OPERATOR'S MANUAL

LIGHTWEIGHT
COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies
and their contractors. This publication is required for administration and operational
purposes, as determined 16 September 1994. Army: Other requests for this document shall
be referred to ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT, TACOM-ROCK ISLAND, 1 Rock Island
Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be
referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

TM 9-1010-223-10, 15 September 1998, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

2. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.

3. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the
updated area.

4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

A/B blank A/B blank
1 and 2 (Index) 1 and 2 (Index)

5. Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.

Work Package Number

WP 0002 00
WP 0024 00


WASHINGTON D.C., 03 NOVEMBER 2004




By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps:


PETER J. SCHOOMAKER R. P. SHOCKEY
General, United States Army Director, Program Support
Chief of Staff Marine Corps Systems Command










0413402





DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number
(IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.






ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10
MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A


CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 3 HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
WASHINGTON, D.C., 08 January 2004

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

LIGHTWEIGHT
COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies
and their contractors. This publication is required for administration and operational
purposes, as determined 16 September 1994. Army: Other requests for this document
shall be referred to ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT, TACOM-ROCK ISLAND, 1 Rock Island
Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be
referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

TM 9-1010-223-10, 15 September 1998, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

2. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.

3. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the
updated area.

4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

a through d a through d
A/B blank A/B blank
1 through 3/4 blank (Index) 1 through 3/4 blank (Index)

5. Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.

Work Package Number

WP 0008 00
WP 0009 00
WP 0024 00






By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps:


PETER J. SCHOOMAKER R. P. SHOCKEY
General, United States Army Director, Program Support
Chief of Staff Marine Corps Systems Command











0331603




DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number
(IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.





ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10
MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A


CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 2 HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
WASHINGTON, D.C., 01 AUGUST 2001

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

LIGHTWEIGHT
COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government
agencies and their contractors. This publication is required for administration and
operational purposes, as determined 16 September 1994. Army: Other requests for
this document shall be referred to ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT, TACOM-RI, 1 Rock
Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. Marine Corps: Requests for this
document must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD),
Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

TM 9-1010-223-10, 15 September 1998, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

2. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.

3. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the
updated area.

4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

A/B blank A/B blank
2028s 2028s


5. Replace the following work packages with its revised version.

Work Package Number

WP 0017 00
WP 0023 00
WP 0024 00





By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps:


ERIC K. SHINSEKI R. P. SHOCKEY
General, United States Army Director, Program Support
Chief of Staff Marine Corps Systems Command










0118303




DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number
(IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.




ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10
MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A


CHANGE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 1 HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
WASHINGTON, D.C., 15 September 2000

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

LIGHTWEIGHT
COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government
agencies and their contractors. This publication is required for administration and
operational purposes, as determined 16 September 1994. Army: Other requests for
this document shall be referred to: Commander, U.S. Army Tank-automotive and
Armaments Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630.
Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be referred to: Commandant of the
Marine Corps (ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

TM 9-1010-223-10, 15 September 1998, is updated as follows:

1. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference.

2. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.

3. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the
updated area.

4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

a through d a through d
A/B blank A/B blank
i and ii i and ii
1 through 3/4 blank (Index) 1 through 3/4 blank (Index)
2028s 2028s
Front Cover Front Cover


5. Replace the following work package with its revised version.

Work Package Number

WP 0024 00





By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps:


ERIC K. SHINSEKI R. P. SHOCKEY
General, United States Army Director, Program Support
Chief of Staff Marine Corps Systems Command










0020309




DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number
(IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.


TM 9-1010-223-10
A/B blank Change 7

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES / WORK PACKAGES

Date of issue for original pages / work packages is:

Original 0 ... 15 Sept 98
Change .. 1 .... 15 Sept 00
Change .. 2 .... 1 Aug 01
Change .. 3 .... 8 Jan 03
Change .. 4 .... 3 Nov 04
Change .. 5 .... 18 Feb 06
Change .. 6 .... 30 Apr 08
Change .. 7 .... 15 Apr 10

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 42 AND TOTAL
NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 25 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:

Page / WP *Revision
No. No.

Cover ...................................... 6
a through d............................. 7
e through g Added.................. 7
h blank Added........................ 7
A.............................................. 7
B blank................................... 2
i ............................................... 7
ii.............................................. 0
WP 0001 00 - WP 0002 00 ..... 7
WP 0003 00 ............................ 0
WP 0004 00 - WP 0005 00 ..... 5
WP 0006 00 ............................ 0
WP 0007 00 - WP 0009 00 ..... 7


Page / WP *Revision
No. No.

WP 0010 00............................ 5
WP 0011 00............................ 0
WP 0012 00............................ 7
WP 0013 00 - WP 0015 00 ..... 0
WP 0016 00 - WP 0017 00 ..... 7
WP 0018 00 - WP 0019 00 ..... 0
WP 0020 00............................ 6
WP 0021 00 - WP 0025 00 ..... 7
1 (Index) ................................. 7
2 (Index) ................................. 5
3 (Index) ................................. 7
4 blank (Index)....................... 0


* Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package.







TM 9-1010-223-10
i Change 7
*ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10
MARINE CORPS TM 08206-10/1A

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
HEADQUARTERS, UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
Washington, D.C., 15 September 1998

OPERATOR'S MANUAL
LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR
60MM, M224
(NSN 1010-01-020-5626)

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual. If you find any errors, or if you would like to
recommend any improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us
know. The preferred method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes
to Publications and Blank Forms) through the Internet, on the Army Electronic
Product Support (AEPS) website. The Internet address is https://aeps.ria.army.mil.
The DA Form 2028 is located under the Public Applications section of the AEPS Public
Home Page. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS will
enable us to respond quicker to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028
program. You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP /
TECH PUBS, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. The e-mail address
is tacomlcmc.daform2028@us.army.mil. The fax number is DSN 793-0726 or
Commercial (309) 782-0726.

Marine Corps users submit NAVMC 10772 to: Commander, Marine Corps Logistics
Bases (Code 850), 814 Radford Blvd, Albany, GA 31704-1128. Recommended changes
may be sent by fax (DSN 567-6439, Commercial (912) 439-6439), by e-mail
(COMMARCORLOGBASES_853SMB@ILS853@MCLB ALBANY) (provide information
normally on NAVMC 10772), or by naval message (in any format, only one publication
per message). A reply will be furnished to you. Marine Corps users/maintainers should
also provide an informational copy to: Commander, Marine Corps System Command,
ATTN: CBGI, 2033 Barnett Ave, Suite 315, Quantico, VA 22314-5010.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies
and their contractors. This publication is required for administration and operational
purposes, as determined 16 September 1994. ARMY: Other requests for this document will
be referred to TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-
MPP / TECH PUBS, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630. MARINE
CORPS: Requests for this document will be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps
(ARD), Washington, D.C. 20380-0001.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of
contents or reconstruction of the document.

*This manual supersedes TM 9-1010-223-10 dated 18 December 1987, including all
changes.

TM 9-1010-223-10
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WP Sequence No.

WARNING SUMMARY

CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION WITH THEORY
OF OPERATION
General Information........................................................................................... 0001 00
Equipment Description and Data ...................................................................... 0002 00
Theory of Operation............................................................................................ 0003 00

CHAPTER 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
Description and Use of Operator Controls and Indicators................................ 0004 00
Assembly and Preparation for Firing - Conventional Mode ............................. 0005 00
Assembly and Preparation for Firing - Hand-held Mode.................................. 0006 00
Emplacing Aiming Posts for Indirect Fire......................................................... 0007 00
Loading and Firing - Conventional Mode.......................................................... 0008 00
Loading and Firing - Hand-held Mode............................................................... 0009 00
Misfire Procedure - Conventional Mode ............................................................ 0010 00
Misfire Procedure - Hand-held Mode................................................................. 0011 00
Preparation for Movement - Conventional Mode .............................................. 0012 00
Preparation for Movement - Hand-held Mode................................................... 0013 00
Operation under Unusual Conditions................................................................ 0014 00

CHAPTER 3 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Introduction......................................................................................................... 0015 00
Troubleshooting Procedures............................................................................... 0016 00

CHAPTER 4 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS),
Including Lubrication Instructions................................................................ 0017 00
60MM, M224 Lightweight Company Mortar Maintenance .............................. 0018 00
Care and Cleaning of Optical Parts ................................................................... 0019 00

CHAPTER 5 - SUPPORTING INFORMATION
References ........................................................................................................... 0020 00
Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (BII) Lists ................ 0021 00
Additional Authorization List (AAL) ................................................................. 0022 00
Expendable and Durable Items List .................................................................. 0023 00
Ammunition Marking Information .................................................................... 0024 00
Marine Corps Inventory Sheet (Marine Corps Only)........................................ 0025 00

INDEX




TM 9-1010-223-10



























CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
WITH
THEORY OF OPERATION

TM 9-1010-223-10
0001 00-1 Change 7

GENERAL INFORMATION 0001 00
SCOPE

CANNON M225
SI GHT UNI T
M67
BI POD
M1 70
BASEPLATE M8
BASEPLATE M7
CANNON M225
60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR, M224


Type of Manual
Operator's.

Model Number and Equipment Name
60mm Lightweight Company Mortar, M224.

Purpose of Equipment
The M224 Mortar is used to provide high-angle fire for close-in support of ground troops.
MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be
those prescribed by DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System
(TAMMS) Users Manual. Marine Corps personnel refer to the on-line MCPDS or Marine
Corps Stocklist SL-1-2 Index of Technical Publications.

Marine Corps users/maintainers will use the forms, records, and procedures used for
equipment maintenance as prescribed by TM 4700-15/1, Ground Equipment Record
Procedures.


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0001 00-2

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued 0001 00
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)
Army: If your M224 mortar needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the
user, are the only one who can tell us what you don't like about your equipment. Let us
know why you don't like the design or performance. Put it on an SF 368 (Product Quality
Deficiency Report). Mail it to us at Commander, US Army Armament Research,
Development and Engineering Center, ATTN: AMSTA-AR-QAW-A (R)/Customer Feedback
Center, Rock Island, IL 61299-7300 (FAX: DSN 793-6653, Commercial (309) 782-6653) (E-
Mail: qawqdrs@ria.army.mil). We will send you a reply.

Marine Corps Users/Maintainers:

If the M224 Mortar has been damaged during shipment, if shipment is incomplete, if
incorrect item is received, or if incorrect quantity of Marine Corps Supply System
Responsibility (SSR), Marine Corps Collateral Material (CM), or Marine Corps Using Unit
Responsibility (UUR) items are received, submit a Supply Discrepancy Report SF 364 in
accordance with SECNAVINST 4355.18.

If your M224 Mortar has deficiencies in materiel or design or nonconforming conditions
which limit or prohibit the item from fulfilling its intended purpose, submit a Product
Quality Deficiency Report (PDQR) SF 368 in accordance with MCO 4855.10_, Product
Quality Deficiency Report, and TM 4700-15/1_, Equipment Records Procedures. Mail it to:
Commander (Code 808-1), Marine Corps Logistics Bases, 814 Radford Blvd, Albany, GA
31704-1128 (Telephone: DSN 567-5292/5482, Commercial (912) 439-5292/5482; FAX: DSN
567-5631, Commercial (912) 439-5631; E-Mail: mbp@ala.usmc.mil) or via Naval Message.
A reply will be furnished to you.

If your M224 Mortar needs improvements which relate directly to savings in man-hours,
materials, supplies, equipment, funding, or increased effectiveness in carrying out the
programs or missions of your unit/command, U.S. Marine Corps units/commands refer to
MCO 1650.17, USMC Military Incentives Award Program.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)
Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is
important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can
be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in future items.

While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, it can also include
deterioration of other materials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening,
swelling, or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0001 00-3 Change 7

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued 0001 00
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC) - Continued
If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using SF 368, Product Quality Defi-
ciency Report. Use of key words such as "corrosion", "rust", "deterioration", or "cracking"
will ensure that the information is identified as a CPC problem.

The form should be submitted to:

Commander
U.S. Army Armament Research, Development and Engineering Center
ATTN: AMSTA-AR-QAW-A (R)/Customer Feedback Center
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FAX: DSN 793-6653, Commercial (309) 782-6653
E-Mail: qawqdrs@ria.army.mil.
DESTRUCTION OF MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
Procedures and materials used for the destruction of the 60mm mortar in order to prevent
enemy use will be found in TM 750-244-7.
TRITIUM (H
3
) SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING
1. Purpose: These precautions implement mandatory license requirements for use and
maintenance of tritium radioluminous fire control devices used on mortars.

2. Hazard Description: Radioactive tritium gas is contained in the following mortar
components: M67/M64/M64A1 Sight Units, Range Indicator, and M58/M59 Aiming
Post Lights. Provided are some facts about tritium exposure:
• Tritium is a potential ionizing radiation hazard.
• The tritium gas is hermetically sealed into glass tubes or vials like miniature
fluorescent lamps.
• No external radiation is emitted by the vial itself since the glass effectively stops
the beta particles.
• The beta radiation emitted by tritium is only a hazard if the tritium vial is broken
and contaminates personnel or work areas.
• The tritium gas will quickly disperse into the surrounding air if a vial is broken.
It becomes more hazardous when released into a confined space such as an arms
room or unventilated room, where the tritium gas converts to tritiated water
vapor.
• Tritiated water is readily absorbed by the body through inhalation, ingestion, or
absorption through the skin when contact is made with contaminated surfaces or
devices.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0001 00-4

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued 0001 00
TRITIUM (H
3
) SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING - Continued
3. Identification: Mortar devices containing radioactive self-luminous vials are
identified by means of radioactive warning labels. These labels should not be
defaced or removed during maintenance and should be replaced immediately when
necessary.

4. Control: Control of this radioactive materiel is mandated by Federal Regulation.
Immediately report any suspected lost or damaged items to your Radiation Safety
Officer (RSO). If your local Radiation Safety Officer cannot be reached, contact the
TACOM-RI Safety Office during regular duty hours at DSN 793-2965/4594 or (309)
782-2965/4594.

LOCAL RSO: _________________________ TELEPHONE: ____________________

5. Procedures for Handling Damaged Tritium Lamps: The following procedures shall
be followed when a tritium lamp contained in a mortar component is broken or does
not show illumination.

a. If the tritium lamp is broken, cracked, or there is no illumination, immediately
wrap the device in two clear plastic bags, seal with tape, and mark the bag
"Broken Tritium Device – Do Not Open". Personnel handling the tritium device
should wear impermeable gloves. If gloves are not available, use the inverted
bag method in picking up the device. Place the potentially contaminated gloves
between the first and second plastic bag prior to sealing.

b. If skin contact is made with any device or area potentially contaminated with
tritium, wash immediately (within 3 minutes) with nonabrasive soap and cold
water for at least 1 minute.

c. Notify your local RSO immediately to report the incident. Contact the base
safety office or your NBC officer for the name and telephone number of the local
RSO.

d. Broken tritium sources indoors may result in tritium contamination of the
areas, such as work bench table tops, ceilings, floors, etc. Personnel need to
inform other persons to vacate the immediate area and secure the immediate
area from entry until the RSO has determined the extent of contamination.
This can only be determined by the RSO performing a wipe test survey of the
potentially contaminated work surfaces/areas.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0001 00-5 Change 7

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued 0001 00
TRITIUM (H
3
) SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING - Continued
e. Your local RSO will perform a leak test on the damaged device and related work
area by performing wipe tests to determine the extent of tritium contamination.
If wipe test results are in excess of 1,000 disintegrations per minute (DPM),
decontaminate the area per guidance provided by the TACOM-RI license RSO.
The local RSO will perform another wipe test after decon to be certain
decontamination was successful.

6. Maintenance Precautions: This procedure is applicable to all personnel working
with tritium devices, including depot and field maintenance levels.

a. Do not attempt to repair a known broken device until it has been determined by
the RSO that the device is free of tritium contamination. It may or may not be
economically feasible to repair mortar components. Due to expired shelf-life,
not all non-illuminated devices will have evidence of tritium contamination, but
will still be handled as if they were contaminated.

b. Check for illumination prior to maintenance in a low light or dark room. Check
the luminosity of each lamp in each device to determine the condition. If any
lamp is not illuminated, do not repair. Wrap the entire device in plastic bag as
outlined above and notify your RSO immediately.

c. Wear protective gloves and perform work in a well-ventilated designated area.

d. Wash hands immediately (within 3 minutes) with nonabrasive soap and cold
water after handling a broken mortar fire control device that contains tritium
modules.

e. When mortar tritium module components are replaced during maintenance,
they must be placed into a clear plastic bag, labeled radioactive tritium
component, the NSN, and activity present in millicuries. The maintainer must
turn in the fire control component immediately to the unit RSO for proper
radioactive waste disposal and security.

f. Spare parts to include modules containing tritium lamps must be stored in the
shipping container, as received, until installation into the mortar component.
Storage of radioactive items is required to be in a secure, well-ventilated area
that is designated by the RSO.

g. Additional guidance for safe handling and maintenance is located in TM 9-254,
General Maintenance Procedures for Fire Control Materiel.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0001 00-6

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued 0001 00
TRITIUM (H
3
) SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING - Continued
7. Maintenance Levels:

a. Modules containing tritium lamps can be replaced at the field maintenance
level. The module encloses the tritium lamp, e.g., level vials are considered to
be modules. Maintenance of mortar components containing tritium fire control
involving module replacement ONLY will be performed in a controlled area
designated by the installation or mission/unit RSO.

b. Any repair requiring the removal of the tritium lamp itself from the module is
prohibited by TACOM-RI NRC license. Depot level maintenance repair
facilities have been established to perform more difficult repairs on fire control
devices. All mortar tritium fire control devices requiring replacement of the
tritium lamp(s) contained INSIDE the module will be evacuated to the
appropriate Tritium Instrument Repair Facility designated by the TACOM
LCMC senior health physicist as indicated below. Severely damaged devices
(not economically feasible to repair) must be turned in to your installation or
local RSO immediately for disposal. The following is an approved list of depot
level repair Tritium Instrument Repair Facilities:

(1) Anniston Army Depot

(2) Fort Drum, NY

(3) Fort Stewart, GA

(4) Fort Bragg, NC

(5) Fort Lewis, WA

(6) Schofield Barracks, HI

(7) MCLB Albany, GA

(8) MCLB Barstow, CA

(9) Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL


TM 9-1010-223-10
0001 00-7/8 blank Change 7

GENERAL INFORMATION - Continued 0001 00
TRITIUM (H
3
) SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING - Continued
8. Posting Requirements: In accordance with Title 10 CFR Section 19.11, the following
rules and regulations shall be posted in work areas where mortar tritium fire control
devices are repaired. Copies may be requested or further information obtained by
contacting the TACOM-RI LCMC RSO/licensee, ATTN: AMSTA-CSC-ZR, Rock
Island, IL 61299-7630.
NOTE
Postings e and f (below) may be filed in the installation safety office for
review, rather than posting them in the work area.

a. NRC License (TACOM license BML 12-00722-06).

b. Standard Operating Procedures specifying maintenance procedures.

c. NRC Form 3 (May 1999) and Reorganization Act of 1974, Section 206.

d. Emergency contact information (local RSO and license RSO).

e. 10 CFR Part 19 - Notices, Instructions, and Reports to Workers.

f. 10 CFR Part 20 - Standards for Protection against Radiation.








TM 9-1010-223-10
0002 00-1 Change 7

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 0002 00
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES
Capabilities and Features
1 Lightweight
2 Highly mobile
3 Easily maintained
4 Self-illuminated fire control
5 Hand-held firing possible
6 Smooth bore

Major Weapon System Components
1 M225 60mm Mortar Cannon
2 M170 60mm Mortar Bipod
3 M7 and M8 Baseplates
4 M67 Sight Unit
NOTE
M67 sight unit is the primary sight unit. The M64/M64A1 sight unit may
still be in use but is becoming obsolete. While the M67 sight unit is
preferred and is illustrated in many parts of this manual, some
illustrations still show the M64/M64A1 sight unit.
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS
WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0002 00-2

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA - Continued 0002 00
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS - Continued

BASEPLATE M8
CANNON M225


Cannon M225. Provides a lightweight, smooth bore cannon which incorporates a handle
with a self-illuminating range indicator and a firing mechanism assembly.

Baseplate M8. This baseplate provides a firing base for the cannon in the hand-held
mode.

CANNON M225
SI GHT UNI T M67
BI POD
M1 70
BASEPLATE M7


Cannon M225. Provides a lightweight, smooth bore cannon which incorporates a handle
with a self-illuminating range indicator and a firing mechanism assembly.

Bipod M170. Clamps to the cannon for use with baseplate M7 to provide support in the
conventional mode. Provides means to elevate, traverse, and cross-level the cannon as well
as to absorb the shock of firing.

Baseplate M7. This baseplate provides a stable firing base and helps absorb the firing
shock in the conventional mode.

Sight Unit M67. This unit provides self-illuminating sighting capability for indirect fire
in the conventional mode. This unit serves to lay the mortar for deflection and elevation.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0002 00-3 Change 7

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA - Continued 0002 00
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODES
The lightweight company mortar can be fired in two modes. Each mode requires different
equipment and procedures.

Hand-held Mode

BASEPLATE M8
CANNON M225
RANGE I NDI CATOR ASSEMBLY




1. No sight unit is used in this mode. The range indicator assembly is used to position
cannon tube to estimated target range.

2. The M8 baseplate supports the cannon base. Further support is provided by a squad
member since no bipod is used.
NOTE
The range indicator assembly on the M225 cannon was designed for the
M720 round.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0002 00-4

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA - Continued 0002 00
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODES - Continued
Conventional Mode

CANNON M225
SI GHT UNI T M67
BI POD
M1 70
BASEPLATE M7



In this mode, the weapon functions as a conventional mortar. A sight unit is used to lay
the mortar, and support is provided by a bipod and a baseplate (M7). The bipod also allows
deflection, elevation changes, and cross-leveling.
EQUIPMENT DATA
RATE OF FIRE
M720, M721, M722, M722A1, M767, M888, and M1061 Cartridges
Maximum........................................................................... 30 RPM (For 4 minutes)
Sustained ........................................................................... 20 RPM
M768, M769, and M720A1 Cartridges
Maximum........................................................................... 30 RPM (For 4 minutes)
Sustained ........................................................................... 15 RPM
M49A4, M302A1, M83A3, and M69 Cartridges
Maximum........................................................................... 30 RPM (For 1 minute)
THEN
18 RPM (For the next
4 minutes)
Sustained ........................................................................... 8 RPM

RANGE
Minimum............................................................................... 231 ft (70 m)
Maximum.............................................................................. 11,517 ft (3490 m)


TM 9-1010-223-10
0002 00-5/6 blank Change 7

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA - Continued 0002 00
EQUIPMENT DATA - Continued
WEAPON ASSEMBLED
Weight, conventional mode................................................... 46.5 lb (21.1 kg)
Weight, hand-held mode....................................................... 18 lb (8.2 kg)

CANNON M225
Overall length ....................................................................... 40 in. (1 m)
Weight ................................................................................... 14.4 lb (6.5 kg)

BIPOD M170
Weight ................................................................................... 15.2 lb (6.9 kg)
Overall length (collapsed) ..................................................... 28 in. (0.7 m)
Azimuth adjustment ............................................................. 250 mils
Elevation adjustment............................................................ 800 to 1511 mils

BASEPLATE M7
Weight ................................................................................... 14.4 lb (6.5 kg)

BASEPLATE M8
Weight ................................................................................... 3.6 lb (1.6 kg)

SIGHT UNIT M67
Weight ................................................................................... 2.9 lb (1.3 kg)
Field of View.......................................................................... 10 degrees
Magnification ........................................................................ 4.0 nominal
Illumination........................................................................... Self-contained radio-
active tritium, 4 to 6
years life







TM 9-1010-223-10
0003 00-1

THEORY OF OPERATION 0003 00
DROP FIRE METHOD
1. Mortar is fired by dropping the round (1) down the cannon tube (2), fin first. The
selector switch (3) must be at D.


3
2
1



2. Percussion primer and ignition cartridge (4) function after the primer on round
strikes firing pin (5) in base of cannon.


5
4





TM 9-1010-223-10
0003 00-2

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued 0003 00
DROP FIRE METHOD - Continued
3. The propelling charge is ignited by the flash of the ignition cartridge. Expanding
gases (6) force the round from the mortar.


6



4. The fins (7) on the rear of the round stabilize it in flight.


7




TM 9-1010-223-10
0003 00-3/4 blank

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued 0003 00
TRIGGER FIRE METHOD

CAUTI ON CAUTI ON CAUTI ON CAUTI ON
Trigger firing without a round in the barrel will cause rapid failure of
the sear. Trigger firing without a round should be limited to inspection
for operation only.

1. With the selector switch (1) at T, the round (2) is dropped down the cannon tube (3),
fin first. Mortar will fire only after trigger (4) is squeezed.

2. Trigger fire method can be used when the mortar is in either the conventional or
hand-held mode.


1
4
2
3





TM 9-1010-223-10


























CHAPTER 2
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

TM 9-1010-223-10
0004 00-1 Change 5

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 0004 00
BIPOD M170


CROSS -
LEVELI NG NUT PLAI N
WI NG NUT
ELEVATI NG
MECHANI SM
TRAVERSI NG
MECHANI SM



Cross-Leveling Nut. Removes minor cant of weapon.

Traversing Mechanism. Makes fine adjustment in deflection (azimuth).

Elevating Mechanism. Elevates or depresses mortar.

Plain Wing Nut. Removes major cant of weapon.


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0004 00-2

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS
AND INDICATORS - Continued 0004 00
CANNON M225

LOWER
SADDLE
UPPER SADDLE
TRI GGER
RANGE
I NDI CATOR
ASSEMBLY
SI GHT UNI T
M67
CANNON M225



Lower Saddle. Bipod is attached here for elevations from 1101 to 1511 mils.

Upper Saddle. Bipod is attached here for elevations from 0800 to 1100 mils.

Sight Unit M67. Lays weapon in elevation and deflection (azimuth).

Range Indicator Assembly. Indicates angle of cannon tube for hand-held firing.

Trigger. Activates mechanism to discharge the weapon.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0004 00-3 Change 5

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS
AND INDICATORS - Continued 0004 00
CANNON M225 - Continued

,
5
6



CAUTI ON
Trigger firing without a round in the barrel will cause rapid failure of the
sear. Trigger firing without a round should be limited to inspection for
operation only.

Firing Selector. Positions firing pin location for different firing modes or for safe.

D = DROP FIRE. Round fires when dropped.

S = SAFE. Mortar will not fire.

T = TRIGGER FIRE. Round fires only when trigger is squeezed.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0004 00-4

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS
AND INDICATORS - Continued 0004 00
SIGHT UNIT M67
NOTE
M67 sight unit is the primary sight unit. The M64/M64A1 sight unit may
still be in use but is becoming obsolete.

FI NE
AZI MUTH
(DEFLECTI ON)
SCALE
FI NE
ELEVATI ON
SCALE
AZI MUTH
(DEFLECTI ON)
KNOB
ELEVATI ON VI AL
ELEVATI ON LOCKI NG KNOB


Fine Azimuth (Deflection) Scale. Indicates from 0 to 100 mils in 1 mil increments.

Fine Elevation Scale. Indicates from 0 to 100 mils in 1 mil increments.

Elevation Locking Knob. Unlocks or locks elevation mechanism and scales.

Elevation Vial. Indicates level condition of sight unit.

Azimuth (Deflection) Knob. Rotates deflection mechanism and scales.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0004 00-5 Change 5

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS
AND INDICATORS - Continued 0004 00
SIGHT UNIT M67 - Continued

COARSE AZI MUTH
(DEFLECTI ON) SCALE
COARSE
ELEVATI ON
SCALE
CROSS-LEVEL
VI AL
ELEVATI ON
KNOB
LATCHI NG
LEVER



Latching Lever. Locks the sight unit to the bipod.

Coarse Elevation Scale. Indicates from 700 to 1600 mils in 100 mil increments.

Cross-Level Vial. Indicates level condition of sight unit.

Elevation Knob. Rotates elevation mechanism and scale.

Coarse Azimuth (Deflection) Scale. Indicates from 0 to 6400 mils in 100 mil
increments.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0004 00-6

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS
AND INDICATORS - Continued 0004 00
SIGHT UNIT M67 - Continued

CLAMPI NG
MECHANI SM
AZI MUTH
(DEFLECTI ON)
LOCKI NG KNOB
LOCKI NG
LEVER




Clamping Mechanism. Used to adjust and hold elbow telescope M67.

Locking Lever. Locks holder assembly and clamping mechanism in upright position.

Azimuth (Deflection) Locking Knob. Unlocks or locks deflection mechanism.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-1 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0005 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Emplacement of Mortar, Installation of M67 Sight Unit, Boresighting

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
Flat-tip screwdriver (item 13, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
Gun muzzle cover (item 5, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
Sight unit case (item 3, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
Wiping rag (item 16, WP 0023 00)

References
AR 385-63
FM 23-90


EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR
WARNI NG
Firing site must have mask clearance and no overhead obstructions.

Firing over the heads of unprotected troops is prohibited per AR 385-63.

When firing during training, the minimum horizontal range is 300
meters.

1. Select firing site (preferably a flat area with firm soil) with a line of fire clear of
unauthorized personnel. Emplace M7 baseplate (1) by standing on it and rocking.


1


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-2

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR - Continued
2. Rotate locking cap (2) until opening in cap points in direction of fire. Place base of
cannon (3) into locking cap opening (4).


2
4
3



3. Rotate cannon (3) 1/4 turn to firing position with handle and firing mechanism (5)
upward.


3
5



4. Loosen knob (6) and swing it downward. Open collar (7).

5. Place upper saddle (8) or lower saddle (9) in collar (7) with handle and firing
mechanism straight-up on top of cannon. Use upper saddle for elevations of 1100
mils or less and use lower saddle for elevations greater than 1100 mils. Upper saddle
must be used for boresighting.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-3 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR - Continued

8
9
7
6


6. Close collar (7) and swing knob (6) into place and tighten.


6
7



7. Push up legs (10) to unlatch and swing out.


1 0


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-4

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR - Continued
8. Unfasten snap hook (11) and wire rope assembly (12). Loosen plain wing nut (13)
and spread legs.

9. If bipod is attached to upper saddle, set feet (14) about 1 1/2 ft (0.46 m) in front of
baseplate. If bipod is attached to lower saddle, set feet about 1 ft (0.31 m) in front of
baseplate. Press feet firmly into ground.


1 4
1 3
1 1
1 2



10. With plain wing nut (13) still loose, adjust cross-leveling mechanism until elevating
mechanism (15) is near vertical. Hand tighten plain wing nut.

NOTE
Cross-leveling removes cant from weapon.

11. Adjust cross-leveling nut (16) clockwise to move the elevating mechanism (15) to the
left or counterclockwise to move the elevating mechanism to the right until it is
vertical.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-5 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR - Continued

1 5
1 6
1 3


INSTALLATION OF M67 SIGHT UNIT
CAUTI ON
When mortar is not in use, store sight unit carefully in its carrying case.

1. Remove M67 sight unit (1) from sight unit case.

2. Press latching lever (2) while installing sight unit (1) into dovetail slot (3) on bipod.

3. Release latching lever (2) and check to ensure that sight unit (1) is firmly locked to
bipod.


1
3
2

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-6

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
INSTALLATION OF M67 SIGHT UNIT - Continued
4. Ensure that mortar is set in upper saddle (4) (saddle closest to muzzle)
(p 0005 00-2).

5. Ensure that elevating mechanism (5) and traversing mechanism (6) are
approximately centered on bipod (7).

6. Remove gun muzzle cover (8) (item 5, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00) and clean
muzzle surface with wiping rag (item 16, WP 0023 00).

7. Make sure mortar tube angle and propellant charge will fire no less than 300 meters
during training firings.


4
8
6
5
7


CAUTI ON
Do not use force on locking lever to lock.

8. Pull locking lever (9) up and rotate telescope (10) to vertical position, as shown. Push
locking lever down to lock. Loosen wing nut (13) and rotate telescope (10) to align top
index line (11) on holder assembly with line (12) on telescope. Tighten wing nut.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-7 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
INSTALLATION OF M67 SIGHT UNIT - Continued


30
25
9
1 0
1 1
1 3
1 2


NOTE
Sight unit removed from bipod for clarity.


9. Loosen elevation locking knob (14). Rotate elevation knob (15) to align the 0800-mil
graduation on coarse elevation scale (16) with coarse elevation index arrow (17).

10. Loosen deflection locking knob (18). Rotate deflection (azimuth) knob (19) to align
red index line (20) with coarse azimuth index arrow (21).


1 8
20
1 9
1 4
1 5
1 7
1 6
21


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-8

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
INSTALLATION OF M67 SIGHT UNIT - Continued
11. Remove cant, if present, by turning plain wing nut (22) and cross-leveling nut (23)
on left leg of bipod until bubble of cross-level vial (24) on sight unit (1) is centered.

NOTE
Do not touch azimuth (deflection) knob on the M67 sight unit.


1
24
22
23



TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-9 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING
1. Check that elevation and traversing mechanisms are approximately centered.

2. Make a visual check that the elbow telescope is roughly parallel to the cannon.

3. If coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1) is not set at 3200 mils, set it by pushing down
around the circumference of the coarse azimuth (deflection) scale, turning it to 32,
and releasing it.

4. Set fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2) to 0 mils.

5. Set coarse elevation scale (3) to 800 mils.


1
2
3



6. Select aiming point (4) that has clearly defined vertical line. The aiming point should
be as far away as possible and not less than 200 meters. If distant aiming point is
not available, use sight unit case (item 3, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00) (5) 10
meters away.


5
4


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-10

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued
NOTE
Always sight along left edge of aiming point.

7. Look through elbow telescope (6) and pick out distant aiming point. Move mortar if
necessary to place cross hairs on distant aiming point. Do not use traversing
mechanism, but physically pick up mortar to align it on aiming point.

8. Check both level bubbles and adjust if necessary using mortar controls only. You are
now ready to boresight.


6



9. Remove M115 boresight (7) from sight unit case and place it on end of muzzle.
Depress plungers of M115 boresight with flat-tip screwdriver (item 13, Basic Issue
Items, WP 0021 00) and snap it in place against end of muzzle.

NOTE
The M45/M45A1 boresight is an acceptable replacement for the M115.
Refer to FM 23-90.

10. Recheck azimuth (deflection) level vial in sight unit for centering of bubble. Adjust if
necessary.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-11 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued

7
M45A1 BORESI GHT



11. Rotate M115 boresight (7) to center bubble in boresight cross-level vial (8).

12. While viewing through boresight optic, turn traversing crank (9) to traverse the
mortar until aligned with aiming point.

NOTE
The boresight line is a white line. View through center of the optic and
up close; otherwise, boresight line will be fuzzy and distorted.

13. Recheck all other leveling vials on sight unit (10) and recenter bubbles if needed.


1 0
7
8
9


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-12

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued
NOTE
Azimuth and elevation locking knobs must be unlocked prior to
adjustments.

14. Center bubble in elevation vial (11) on sight unit (10), using elevation knob (12).

15. Check all other leveling vials for centered bubbles.

16. Sight through boresight (7) to check that boresight line is on right side of 10 meter
target. If not, align target using traversing crank (9).

17. Recheck centering of all bubbles and adjust as necessary.


1 0
7
9
1 1
1 2


TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-13 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued
18. Sight through elbow telescope (6) to check that vertical cross hair is on left side of 10
meter or distant target. If not, use fine azimuth (deflection) knob (13) to align cross
hair of sight unit on target as shown.

19. Recheck centering of all bubbles and adjust as necessary.
CAUTI ON
Tampering with the coarse elevation scale could cause damage to the
scale or sight unit.


1 3
6


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-14

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued
20. Cannon tube (14) is now at 800 mils. Coarse elevation index arrow (15) should point
to 8 (800 mils) on coarse elevation scale (3). If a mismatch exceeds 1/4 graduation
(approximately plus or minus 20 mils), remove and replace sight unit (10).

21. Recheck centering of all bubbles and adjust as necessary.
CAUTI ON
Do not overtighten screws.

22. Fine elevation scale (16) should be on 0. If not, lock elevation knob (12) with locking
knob (17). Loosen two screws (18) and slip fine elevation scale until 0 aligns with red
index arrow (19) on the housing. Tighten two screws. Loosen locking knob.

23. Recheck centering of all bubbles and adjust as necessary.


1 0
3
1 4
1 5
1 8
1 9
1 6
1 7
1 2


TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-15 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued
24. Check to see if coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1) is set at 3200 mils.
NOTE
Deflection of 3200 mils means 32 on coarse azimuth (deflection) scale and
0 on fine azimuth (deflection) scale.

25. If not, set at 3200 mils by pushing down on the complete circumference of coarse
azimuth (deflection) scale (1), turning it to 32, and releasing it.

26. Set fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2) to zero by turning fine azimuth (deflection)
knob (13).
CAUTI ON
Do not overtighten screws.

27. The red index line (20) on inner coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (21) should also
align with 32 on coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1). If it does not, lift up on locking
lever (22), pivot elbow telescope (6) out of the way, and loosen two screws (23). Turn
inner coarse azimuth (deflection) scale until red line is at 32. Tighten two screws.
Reposition elbow telescope and secure by pushing down on locking lever.


30
25
22
23
1
1 3
6
20
2
21
23



TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-16

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued
28. Fine azimuth (deflection) red index arrow (24) should align with red index line (25)
on outer fine azimuth (deflection) scale (26). Fine azimuth (deflection) black arrow
(27) should align with 0 on fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2). If it does not, tighten
azimuth locking knob (28) and loosen two screws (29).

29. Rotate outer fine azimuth (deflection) scale (26) and set red index line (25) to red
index arrow (24).

30. Depress fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2) and turn to align 0 with fine azimuth
(deflection) black arrow (27). Tighten two screws (29) and loosen azimuth locking
knob (28).


#
2
24
25
28
29
26
27



31. Recheck sight unit as follows:

a. Sight unit crosshair lined up on target.
b. Bubble in cross-level vial (30) is centered.
c. Bubble in elevation vial (11) is centered.
d. Red index line (20) is on 32.
e. Coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1) is on 32.
f. Fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2) is on 0.
g. Coarse elevation scale (3) is on 8.
h. Fine elevation scale (16) is on 0.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0005 00-17 Change 5

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued

2
1
3
30
1 1
1 6
20



32. View through boresight (7) to make sure it lines up on aiming point target.

33. Check for reticle accuracy as follows:

a. Rotate boresight 180 degrees so bottom lens is now on top and bubble in other
cross-level vial (8) is recentered.
b. Sight through boresight again; the sight picture should be the same as shown
on p 0005 00-11.
c. If the sight picture is not the same, check sight unit vials to make sure mortar
did not move.
d. If bubbles in sight unit level vials are still centered, the boresight is defective.
Replace boresight and turn in defective boresight for maintenance.


8
7


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0005 00-18

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE
- Continued 0005 00
BORESIGHTING - Continued
NOTE
If no more adjustments are required, boresighting is complete.

34. Remove boresight (7) from muzzle and stow it in sight unit case (item 3, Basic Issue
Items, WP 0021 00). Install gun muzzle cover (item 5, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021
00) on mortar until ready to fire.


7



END OF TASK


TM 9-1010-223-10
0006 00-1

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE 0006 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Assembly of Mortar

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

References
AR 385-63

ASSEMBLY OF MORTAR
WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG
Firing site must have mask clearance and no overhead obstructions.

Firing over the heads of unprotected troops is prohibited per AR 385-63.

When firing during training, the minimum horizontal range is 300
meters.

1. Place lower slope of M8 baseplate (1) in direction of fire.


1

TM 9-1010-223-10
0006 00-2

ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0006 00
ASSEMBLY OF MORTAR - Continued
2. Pull latch knob (2) and rotate latch (3) open.


2
3



3. Insert basecap (4) of cannon into socket of baseplate. Close latch (3). Make sure
latch pin seats.


3
4




END OF TASK

TM 9-1010-223-10
0007 00-1 Change 7

EMPLACING AIMING POSTS FOR INDIRECT FIRE 0007 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Emplacement of Aiming Posts

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
M14 aiming post (item 11, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
M58 aiming post light (item 8, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
M59 aiming post light (item 9, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)

EMPLACEMENT OF AIMING POSTS

30 - 50 METERS
1 5 - 25 METERS
1
2



1. Place two sets of assembled aiming posts (item 11, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00) in
ground in a line 2800 mils deflection from direction of fire. The far post should be
emplaced first 30 to 50 meters from weapon where possible. Emplace near post
halfway between far post and weapon.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0007 00-2

EMPLACING AIMING POSTS FOR INDIRECT FIRE - Continued 0007 00
EMPLACEMENT OF AIMING POSTS - Continued
WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)

2. Attach aiming post lights (items 8 and 9, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00) to aiming
posts by tightening wing nut on light clamp. Position so lights can be seen at night
through the sight. Far post light (1) should be visible above near light (2). Aiming
post lights should be different colors.


END OF TASK

TM 9-1010-223-10
0008 00-1 Change 7

LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0008 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Loading and Firing

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
Artillery cleaning hook (item 7, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
Wiping rag (item 16, WP 0023 00)

References
WP 0024 00
FT 60-P-1

Equipment Conditions
Mortar has been boresighted (WP 0005 00)

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0008 00-2

LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0008 00
LOADING AND FIRING
WARNI NG

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or
death, cover the mortar cartridges prior to firing to prevent sand, dust,
dirt, mud, snow, ice, and any other debris from getting into the fuze
turbine.

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or
death, mortar cartridges should not be fired into sand or dust storms or
heavy snow or ice storms except in a combat emergency.

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or
death, do not fire any mortar cartridge that has sand, dust, dirt, mud,
snow, ice, or any other debris in the turbine inlet.

0.1. Prior to firing all mortar cartridges with the M734/M734A1 fuze, ensure that no
obstruction to the airflow of the turbine is present. Inspect the fuze turbine inlet
area for any sand, dirt, mud, snow, ice, or other debris visible in the turbine inlet.


FUZE
TURBINE
INLET
AI RFLOW
OF THE
TURBINE




TM 9-1010-223-10
0008 00-3 Change 7

LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0008 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

Loading a mortar weapon with two men alternating can be very
dangerous and could prove fatal. Even with one-man loading, double
loading can occur. This is especially true in rapid fire exercises. For this
reason, it is imperative that there is absolute certainty that the previous
round has left the mortar tube before a new round is dropped in. The
commander (or his appointee) should keep careful watch for misfire and
double loading.

1. Select firing tables FT 60-P-1 for ammunition to be fired.

WARNI NG

Short rounds may occur if an excessive amount of oil or water is in barrel
during firing.
CAUTI ON
Do not wet swab the cannon bore during firing.

2. Dry swab cannon bore using artillery cleaning hook (item 7, Basic Issue Items, WP
0021 00) and wiping rag (item 16, WP 0023 00) before firing, after every ten rounds
fired (approximately), and at the end of each fire mission.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0008 00-4

LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0008 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

Selector should be at S (safe) except when firing.

Misalignment of safe detent position on firing selector will cause a
malfunction which may accidentally arm the mortar and can result in
unintentional discharge of round. Injury or death may occur.

CAUTI ON
Trigger firing without a round in the barrel will cause rapid failure of the
sear. Trigger firing without a round should be limited to inspection for
operation only.

3. Set firing selector (1):
For drop fires, set firing selector (1) to D. Round fires when dropped. With firing
selector at T, trigger (2) is away from handle. Round fires when trigger is squeezed
toward handle. Release trigger after each firing.



,
5
6
1
2



TM 9-1010-223-10
0008 00-5 Change 7

LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0008 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
4. Gunner kneels on left side of cannon and looks into sight unit. Assistant gunner
kneels on right side in front of traversing mechanism facing gunner. The
ammunition handler kneels beside the assistant gunner and slightly to the rear.





WARNI NG

If using M525 or M527 PD fuzes, do not fire cartridge if fuze makes a
buzzing sound when removing safety pins. Check fuze for presence of
bore-riding pin after removing safety pin. Do not fire cartridge if bore-
riding pin is missing. Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).

Do not fire unpacked ammunition which has been dropped, or packaged
ammunition which has been dropped from a height greater than one
meter. These cartridges will be returned to Ammunition Supply Point
(ASP) as unserviceable.

5. Ammunition handler adjusts propellant charge for desired range, sets fuze for burst
desired, and removes safety wire/pin (see p 0024 00-16 through 0024 00-23).

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0008 00-6

LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0008 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

Do not look into cannon or try to force a cartridge down the bore.

6. Assistant gunner grasps the body of the round with both hands near the center and
inserts round, fuze end up, beyond narrow part of body.



TM 9-1010-223-10
0008 00-7 Change 7

LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0008 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

HEARING CONSERVATION
The 60mm mortar poses a significant risk of hearing loss. Hearing loss is
a certainty for those not using hearing protection properly. Significant
damage can occur even for a single, unprotected exposure.
• The gunner and assistant gunner will use single hearing
protection while maintaining a head position at least one meter to
the side and one meter or more to the rear of the muzzle.
• Head positions should be below the muzzle when a round is fired.
Under these conditions, no more than 100 rounds per day may be
fired by the crew.
• All personnel within 78 meters of the firing position must wear
single hearing protection during all firings.
• All 60mm mortar crewmen must be trained in the proper use of
both types of hearing protection and checked by appropriate
medical personnel to ensure proper fit of earplugs.
• If firing any M720A1, M768, or M769 cartridges at charge 4, the
total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 76.
If firing the M1061 cartridge at charge 4, the total number of
rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 130.

7. At command to fire, assistant gunner releases round and passes hands partly down
outside surface of barrel while pivoting to his left and bending toward ammunition
handler for next round.



TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0008 00-8

LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0008 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
8. Gun will fire in accordance with selection.


END OF TASK



TM 9-1010-223-10
0009 00-1 Change 7

LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE 0009 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Loading and Firing

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
Artillery cleaning hook (item 7, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
Heat protective mitten (item 10, Basic Issue items, WP 0021 00)
Wiping rag (item 16, WP 0023 00)

References
WP 0024 00

Equipment Conditions
Cannon tube installed in M8 baseplate (WP 0006 00)


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0009 00-2

LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0009 00
LOADING AND FIRING
WARNI NG

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or
death, cover the mortar cartridges prior to firing to prevent sand, dust,
dirt, mud, snow, ice, and any other debris from getting into the fuze
turbine.

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or
death, mortar cartridges should not be fired into sand or dust storms or
heavy snow or ice storms except in a combat emergency.

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or
death, do not fire any mortar cartridge that has sand, dust, dirt, mud,
snow, ice, or any other debris in the turbine inlet.

0.1. Prior to firing all mortar cartridges with the M734/M734A1 fuze, ensure that no
obstruction to the airflow of the turbine is present. Inspect the fuze turbine inlet
area for any sand, dirt, mud, snow, ice, or other debris visible in the turbine inlet.


FUZE
TURBINE
INLET
AI RFLOW
OF THE
TURBINE




TM 9-1010-223-10
0009 00-3 Change 7

LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0009 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

Loading a mortar weapon with two men alternating can be very
dangerous and could prove fatal. Even with one-man loading, double
loading can occur. This is especially true in rapid fire exercises. For this
reason, it is imperative that there is absolute certainty that the previous
round has left the mortar tube before a new round is dropped in. The
commander (or his appointee) should keep careful watch for misfire and
double loading.

WARNI NG

In hand-held mode, place baseplate against a solid object when:
Firing at ranges more than 300 meters for charge zero.
Firing at ranges of more than 900 meters for charge one.
The mortar could slip if precautions are not observed and personnel
injury or death could result.




TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0009 00-4

LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0009 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

In hand-held mode, do not fire with any charge greater than the
following:

M720/M888 cartridge: Charge one
M720A1/M768 cartridge: Charge one
M721 cartridge: Charge one
M722/M722A1 cartridge: Charge one
M769 cartridge: Charge one
M49A4 cartridge: Charge three
M83 series cartridge: Charge two
M302A1 cartridge: Charge two
M1061 cartridge: Charge one

For M1061 cartridge: DO NOT fire in hand-held mode with single ball
range indicator.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0009 00-5 Change 7

LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0009 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)

NOTE
Range indicator assembly (M720/M888 cartridges only): A vial containing
a ball (1) that moves when cannon is elevated or depressed and indicates
the firing range.

The black scale (2) is for charge one. The red scale (3) is for charge zero.

The yellow index (range 3 on red scale and range 10 on black scale) is a
warning reminder to brace the baseplate. (See warning on page
0009 00-3).


1 3
1 2
1 1
9
1 0
8
7
6
5
4
3
3
2
1
4
0 1
3 2
1


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0009 00-6

LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0009 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

HEARING CONSERVATION
The 60mm mortar poses a significant risk of hearing loss. Hearing loss is
a certainty for those not using hearing protection properly. Significant
damage can occur even for a single, unprotected exposure.
• The gunner and assistant gunner will use single hearing
protection while maintaining a head position at least one meter to
the side and one meter or more to the rear of the muzzle.
• Head positions should be below the muzzle when a round is fired.
Under these conditions, no more than 100 rounds per day may be
fired by the crew.
• All personnel within 78 meters of the firing position must wear
single hearing protection during all firings.
• All 60mm mortar crewmen must be trained in the proper use of
both types of hearing protection and checked by appropriate
medical personnel to ensure proper fit of earplugs.
• If firing any M720A1, M768, or M769 cartridges at charge 4, the
total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 76.
If firing the M1061 cartridge at charge 4, the total number of
rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 130.
WARNI NG

Short rounds may occur if an excessive amount of oil or water is in barrel
during firing.
CAUTI ON
Do not wet swab the cannon bore during firing.

1. Dry swab cannon bore using artillery cleaning hook (item 7, Basic Issue Items, WP
0021 00) and wiping rag (item 16, WP 0023 00), before firing and after every ten
rounds fired.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0009 00-7 Change 7

LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0009 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
2. Gunner kneels directly behind barrel with heat protective mitten (item 10, Basic
Issue Items, WP 0021 00) on left hand and his right hand around the trigger and
handle.




WARNI NG

If using M525 or M527 PD fuzes, do not fire cartridge if fuze makes a
buzzing sound when removing safety pins. Check fuze for presence of
bore-riding pin after removing safety pin. Do not fire cartridge if bore-
riding pin is missing. Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).

3. Ammunition handler prepares propellant charge for desired range, sets fuze for
burst desired, and removes safety wire/pin (see p 0024 00-17 through 0024 00-23).



TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0009 00-8

LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0009 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
4. Gunner sets firing selector at T.

5. Assistant gunner grasps round near center, inserts round (fuze end up) in muzzle,
releases round, and assumes safe firing position.






6. Gunner lays weapon using range indicator assembly and sight over or on side of
muzzle for azimuth. Holding mortar steady, gunner assumes safe firing position.

7. When weapon is on target, gunner squeezes trigger to fire and then releases trigger
after firing.


END OF TASK




TM 9-1010-223-10
0010 00-1 Change 5

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0010 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Removal of Round

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Personnel Required
Two

REMOVAL OF ROUND
WARNI NG
Never stand or kneel behind or in front of the cannon tube. Stand or
kneel on either side.

Never attempt to remove a misfired round from a hot cannon.

Do not look into cannon or try to force a cartridge down the bore.

If misfire occurs with an unseated baseplate in the conventional mode, do
not attempt to trigger fire the mortar. (Skip steps 2 through 8.) Place
selector lever on S and proceed with the remainder of the misfire
procedure in this manual.

Two people are required to remove a misfire. Evacuate all others at least
50 meters to the right or left rear of the weapon.

NOTE
A MISFIRE is the failure of a cartridge to fire when round is dropped
with selector lever set on D or when trigger is squeezed with selector
lever on T.

A HANGFIRE is delay in the functioning of a propelling charge explosive
train at the time of firing.

A COOKOFF is the firing of the cartridge due to a round chambered in a
hot weapon.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0010 00-2

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0010 00
REMOVAL OF ROUND - Continued
1. Any crew member shouts MISFIRE.

2. Assistant gunner will brace the bipod.

3. The gunner kicks the barrel twice; round should fire.





4. If round fires, the mortar is relaid and firing is continued.

5. If time permits, swab the bore before firing is continued to remove any debris that
may have caused the misfire.

6. If round does not fire, perform steps 7 through 22.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0010 00-3 Change 5

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0010 00
REMOVAL OF ROUND - Continued
WARNI NG
Trigger firing with an unseated baseplate is prohibited in the
conventional mode.

NOTE
If baseplate is not well seated, omit steps 7 and 8 and go to step 9.

7. If round does not fire and baseplate is well seated, place firing selector on T.

8. Squeeze trigger twice; round should fire.



,
5
6


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0010 00-4

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0010 00
REMOVAL OF ROUND - Continued
9. If round still does not fire, place firing selector on S.
WARNI NG
Never attempt to remove a misfired round from a hot cannon.

10. Allow cannon tube to cool until it can be held with bare hands. Cooling with water is
allowable.


,
5
6



CAUTI ON
M67 sight unit must be removed before continuing.

11. Lower cannon (1) to lowest elevation and remove sight unit (2) by pressing on latch
(3) and sliding the sight unit out of the dovetail slot (4) on the bipod.

12. Rotate elbow telescope (5) to horizontal position. Lock knobs on sight unit (2) on last
deflection and place in sight unit case (6).

NOTE
Do not unlock collar knob.

13. Loosen collar knob (7) only enough to allow cannon (1) to rotate.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0010 00-5 Change 5

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0010 00
REMOVAL OF ROUND - Continued

3
2
4
5
7
6
1


14. Rotate cannon (1) 90 degrees at handle toward gunner, and lift basecap out of
baseplate.
WARNI NG
Do not put hands on basecap when lifting and holding breech end of
cannon tube.

After lifting mortar out of baseplate, never allow breech cap end to go
below horizontal position until the round is removed.

Never put your hands behind or in front of the muzzle.

15. Gunner at handle lifts breech end (8) of cannon (1) and assistant gunner places
hands around muzzle.

1
8

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 0010 00-6

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0010 00
REMOVAL OF ROUND - Continued
16. As breech end is lifted, round should slide out. Assistant gunner stops it with his
thumbs, removes it from bore, and passes it to the ammunition handler.





17. If safety wire can be replaced, replace it and place suspect round in misfire pit.
Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).

18. If safety wire can't be replaced, fuze may be armed. Lay suspect round flat on
ground, evacuate area, and notify EOD.

19. If round won't slide out of cannon, remove cannon from bipod and lay it flat on
ground in direction of fire. Notify EOD.

20. When round is removed, lift base as high as possible and shake cannon to dislodge
any debris.

21. Reassemble and re-lay mortar.

22. Swab cannon tube.

WARNI NG
If you get two misfires in a row, stop firing and notify unit maintenance.


END OF TASK


TM 9-1010-223-10
0011 00-1

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – HAND-HELD MODE 0011 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Removal of Round

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

References
WP 0010 00

Personnel Required
Two

REMOVAL OF ROUND
WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG
Never stand or kneel behind or in front of the cannon tube. Stand or
kneel on either side.

Do not look into cannon or try to force a cartridge down the bore.

Never attempt to remove a misfired round from a hot cannon.

NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE
Firing malfunction definitions are in WP 0010 00.

1. If round doesn't fire, squeeze trigger a second time to confirm malfunction.

2. If round doesn't fire after second trigger squeeze, any crew member shouts
MISFIRE.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0011 00-2

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0011 00
REMOVAL OF ROUND - Continued
WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG
Do not bounce weapon more than 6 inches from the ground.

3. Place firing selector on S and bounce weapon on ground, or support weapon with a
stick, sandbag, or empty ammunition box and kick cannon, to dislodge round.

4. Place firing selector on T. Clear target area and re-aim.

5. Squeeze trigger twice; round should fire.

6. If round doesn't fire, place firing selector on S. Support cannon (with a stick,
sandbags, empty ammunition boxes, etc.). Cool outer surface with water or allow to
air cool until cannon tube can be held with bare hands.





TM 9-1010-223-10
0011 00-3

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0011 00
REMOVAL OF ROUND - Continued
WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG
After lifting basecap end of mortar, never allow basecap end to go below
horizontal position until round is removed.

Never put your hands behind or in front of the muzzle.

7. Gunner lifts basecap end (1) of cannon and assistant gunner places hands around
muzzle.

8. As basecap end (1) is lifted, round (2) should slide out. Assistant gunner stops it
with his thumbs and removes it from bore.

9. If safety wire can be replaced, replace it and place suspect round in misfire pit.
Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).



1
2



10. If safety wire can't be replaced, fuze may be armed. Lay suspect round flat on
ground, evacuate area, and notify EOD.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0011 00-4

MISFIRE PROCEDURE – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0011 00
REMOVAL OF ROUND - Continued
11. If a round won't slide out of cannon, lay cannon flat on ground in direction of fire.
Notify EOD.

12. When round is removed, lift base as high as possible and shake cannon to dislodge
any debris.

13. Reassemble and re-lay mortar.

14. Swab cannon tube if time permits.

WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG
If you get two misfires in a row, stop firing and notify unit maintenance.


END OF TASK

TM 9-1010-223-10
0012 00-1 Change 7

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0012 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
One Man Carry, Two Man Carry, Three Man Carry

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
Aiming post case (item 2, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
Sight unit case (item 3, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)
Small arms sling (item 14, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)

ONE MAN CARRY
WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)



TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0012 00-2

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0012 00
ONE MAN CARRY - Continued
NOTE
Mortar balances better with bipod attached to upper saddle, especially if
you do not have a small arms sling.

1. Lower cannon to lowest elevation and remove sight unit (1) by pressing on latch (2)
and sliding the sight unit out of the dovetail slot (3) on the bipod.

2. Stow sight unit (1) per instructions provided in sight unit case.


2
1
3



3. Remove lights from aiming posts and stow lights in sight unit case (4) (item 3, Basic
Issue Items, WP 0021 00).


4

TM 9-1010-223-10
0012 00-3 Change 7

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0012 00
ONE MAN CARRY - Continued
4. Retrieve aiming posts and place in aiming post case (5) (item 2, Basic Issue Items,
WP 0021 00).


5



5. Center traversing mechanism (6) and fully depress elevating mechanism (7).

6. Swing mortar mount legs (8) together and lock plain wing nut (9).

7. Fold bipod underneath cannon (10) and latch elevating mechanism (7) to bipod yoke
(11).

8. Pass one end of wire rope assembly (12) through opening in baseplate (13) and
fasten snap hook to wire rope assembly.


1 0
6
7
1 3
1 1
1 2
8
9

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0012 00-4

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0012 00
ONE MAN CARRY - Continued
9. Attach small arms sling (14) (item 14, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00), with one end
slid over muzzle, through aiming post case carrying strap and with the other end
fastened around basecap. Attach muzzle cover (15).

10. Swing carrying handle (16) to carrying position.

11. Place small arms sling (14) over one shoulder, steady mortar with the carrying
handle (16), and carry the sight unit case (4) with the other hand.

NOTE
Depending on conditions, the crewman may be carrying more equipment
than shown in illustration.



1 6
4
1 4
1 5


TM 9-1010-223-10
0012 00-5 Change 7

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0012 00
TWO MAN CARRY
WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)

1. Remove sight unit from bipod (p 0012 00-2). Remove lights from aiming posts and
stow lights in sight unit case (item 3, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00). Attach bipod
(1) to lower saddle of cannon (2).


2
1



2. Retrieve aiming posts and place in aiming post case (3) (item 2, Basic Issue Items,
WP 0021 00).


3


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0012 00-6

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0012 00
TWO MAN CARRY - Continued
3. Detach baseplate (4) and wrap wire rope assembly (5) around basecap (6). Use snap
hook to secure wire rope assembly. Attach muzzle cover (7).


4
6
5
1
2
7



4. Gunner will carry cannon (2) and bipod (1) combination; assistant gunner carries
baseplate (4), sight unit case (8), and aiming post case (3).


3
8




TM 9-1010-223-10
0012 00-7 Change 7

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0012 00
THREE MAN CARRY
WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)

1. Remove sight unit from bipod (p 0012 00-2). Remove lights from aiming posts and
stow lights in sight unit case (1) (item 3, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00).

2. Retrieve aiming posts and place in aiming post case (2) (item 2, Basic Issue Items,
WP 0021 00).


2
1




TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0012 00-8

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE - Continued 0012 00
THREE MAN CARRY - Continued
3. Loosen knob on shock absorber assembly (3) and open collar. Remove cannon (4)
from bipod (5) and close collar. Detach baseplate (6). Close bipod and wrap wire rope
assembly (7) around bipod legs. Use snap hook to secure wire rope assembly. Attach
muzzle cover (8).

4. The gunner carries cannon (4); assistant gunner carries bipod (5) and sight unit case
(1); ammunition handler carries baseplate (6) and aiming post case (2).


4
7
5 3
6
8



END OF TASK
TM 9-1010-223-10
0013 00-1

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – HAND-HELD MODE 0013 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Ca rrying Mortar

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
Small arms sling (item 14, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00)

CARRYING MORTAR
WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG
Ensure that cannon is empty and firing selector is on S (safe) before
carrying mortar.

1. Lift cannon (1) and baseplate (2).

2. Rotate baseplate (2) 1/4 turn.

3. Align baseplate quick release plungers (3) to mate with cannon catch (4).

4. Swing baseplate (2) against right side of cannon (1) and press baseplate until it
latches.


2
1
3
4


TM 9-1010-223-10
0013 00-2

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – HAND-HELD MODE - Continued 0013 00
CARRYING MORTAR - Continued
5. Depress detent plunger (5) and swing carrying handle (6) forward.

6. Attach small arms sling (item 14, Basic Issue Items, WP 0021 00), if desired.



6
5



END OF TASK

TM 9-1010-223-10
0014 00-1/2 blank

OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS 0014 00
COLD
Keep ammunition and fire control instruments covered. Do not move fire control
instruments from cold to warm areas. Use LAW (item 13, WP 0023 00). Refer to FM 9-
207, FM 31-70 and FM 31-71 for operation in cold climate.
HOT AND DRY
Clean equipment and wipe dry. Lubricate parts very lightly or operate dry. Keep
equipment covered.
DAMP AND SALTY
Clean and lubricate more frequently. Keep equipment covered. Check optical instruments
for fungus growth and condensation.
FORDING
Disassemble and cover weapon. Watch for seepage which could contaminate lubricant. If
immersed, disassemble and perform scheduled lubrication.
FROZEN GROUND
Loosen ground to seat baseplate spades and bipod feet or use tree bough or sand bags to
emplace mortar.
SOFT MUD
Use any available material to keep baseplate from sinking.
SAND
Clean and lubricate more frequently. Remove lubricant from exposed parts before
beginning an action. Clean and lubricate when action is over.




























CHAPTER 3
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
FOR THE M224 60-MM MORTAR


TM 9-1010-223-10
0015 00-1/2 blank

INTRODUCTION 0015 00
GENERAL
This table lists the common malfunctions which you may find during the operation or
maintenance of the 60mm mortar or its components. Perform the tests/inspections and
corrective actions in the order listed.

This table cannot list all the malfunctions that may occur, all the tests and inspections
needed to find the fault, or all the corrective actions needed to correct the fault. If the
equipment malfunction is not listed or actions listed do not correct the fault, notify your
supervisor.



TM 9-1010-223-10
0016 00-1 Change 7

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 0016 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
60mm Mortar, M224

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
General purpose lubricating oil (GPL) (item 12, WP 0023 00)
Rifle bore cleaning compound (RBC) (item 7, WP 0023 00)
Weapon lubricating oil (LAW) (item 13, WP 0023 00)

60MM MORTAR, M224
Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures.

MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. ROUND FAILS TO
FIRE.

WARNI NG
Follow misfire procedures in chapter 2 to remove round before doing
troubleshooting.

1. Check selector position. 1. Set selector at D if firing
by drop method.

2. Set selector at T if firing
by trigger fire method.

2. Check primer for dent
from firing pin.
If no dent present, notify
unit maintenance.

3. Check for dirty bore. Clean tube thoroughly with
RBC (item 7, WP 0023 00).




TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0016 00-2

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES - Continued 0016 00

Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures - Continued.

MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. SELECTOR WON'T
TURN.
Check for dirt or foreign
matter.
Lubricate with LAW (item
13, WP 0023 00) through
fitting in handle and turn it
to the different settings.
Notify unit maintenance if
it cannot be corrected.

3. SHOCK ABSORBER
BINDS OR WON'T
RETURN.
1. Extend shocks and check
for dirt or grit.
Clean thoroughly.


2. Check for damage (bent
rod, etc.)
Notify unit maintenance.

4. SHOCK ABSORBER
RETURNS TOO FAST.
Extend shocks and release. Notify unit maintenance.

5. COLLAR AND KNOB
WON'T CLOSE
PROPERLY.
1. Check for dirt or grit. Clean thoroughly. Lubricate
threads with GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00).

2. Check for stripped
threads or damaged
collar.
Notify unit maintenance.


6. BIPOD WILL NOT
TRAVERSE
PROPERLY.
1. Check for dirt or grit. Clean thoroughly and
lubricate.

2. Check for binding or
dents in housing.
Notify unit maintenance.

3. Check for excessive
backlash (1/8 turn or
greater).
Notify unit maintenance.

7. LEFT LEG BINDS. 1. Check for travel limit. Center fine cross level
mechanism and readjust
plain wing nut.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0016 00-3 Change 7

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES - Continued 0016 00

Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures - Continued.

MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION
7. LEFT LEG BINDS -
Continued.
2. Check for dirt or grit. Clean thoroughly and
lubricate.

3. Check legs for damage. Notify unit maintenance.

8. BIPOD WILL NOT
ELEVATE OR
DEPRESS PROPERLY.
1. Check for dirt or grit. Clean thoroughly.

2. Check for damage (bent
spindle, etc.).
Notify unit maintenance.

3. Check for excessive
backlash (1/8 turn or
greater).
Notify unit maintenance.

9. BASEPLATE LATCH
WON'T LATCH (M8).
1. Check for dirt or grit. Clean thoroughly and
lubricate.

2. Check for broken or
damaged parts.
Notify unit maintenance.

10. LOCKING CAP BINDS
(M7 BASEPLATE).
1. Check for dirt or grit. Clean thoroughly and
lubricate.

2. Check for bends or dents
in locking cap.
Notify unit maintenance.

11. SIGHT UNIT CON-
TROLS DO NOT
OPERATE.
1. Check to see if locking
knobs are tightened.
Loosen locking knobs.

2. Check for dirt or grit. Clean thoroughly. If
controls do not operate,
notify unit maintenance.


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0016 00-4

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES - Continued 0016 00

Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures - Continued.

MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION
12. NO OR LOW ILLUM-
INATION IN SIGHT
UNIT, RANGE
INDICATOR
ASSEMBLY, OR
AIMING POST
LIGHTS.

WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)


1. Check for broken or
cracked vials.
Notify RSO immediately if
damaged.

2. Check index arrows and
lenses for damage.
Notify RSO immediately if
damaged.

13. SIGHT UNIT WON'T
ATTACH AND LOCK
TO BIPOD.
1. Check dovetail bracket
on bipod and dovetail on
sight unit for nicks and
burrs.
Notify unit maintenance.

2. Check dovetail bracket
for paint.
Remove paint. Be careful
not to scratch or nick metal
surfaces.

3. Check for broken or bent
dovetail on sight unit.
Notify unit maintenance.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0016 00-5/6 blank Change 7

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES - Continued 0016 00

Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures - Continued.

MALFUNCTION TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION
14. POOR VISIBILITY IN
SIGHT UNIT LENSES.



NOTE
If lenses are cracked or broken, the
illumination element may be damaged.
Refer to WARNING information in the
front of this manual for special handling
instructions.

1. Check lenses for cracks
or breaks.
Notify unit maintenance.

2. Check lenses for
moisture.
Place sight unit in a warm
area to see if moisture
clears. Don't apply heat
directly to sight unit lenses.






END OF TASK
































CHAPTER 4
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
FOR THE M224 60-MM MORTAR



TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-1 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS 0017 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Introduction, Lubrication Instructions, Lubrication Chart, PMCS Procedures

INTRODUCTION
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services must be performed by the operator to be
sure the 60mm mortar will operate properly. Always keep in mind the WARNINGs and
CAUTIONs before and during operation. A WARNING means someone could be hurt. A
CAUTION means equipment could be damaged. If your equipment fails to operate,
troubleshoot. Report any deficiencies using the proper forms. See DA PAM 750-8.

The INTERVAL column tells you when to do the check or service in the PROCEDURE
column. BEFORE checks and services are performed prior to the mortar leaving its
containment area or performing its mission. DURING checks begin when the mortar is
being used and AFTER checks and services begin when the mortar is taken out of its
mission mode or returned to its containment area.

The ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED column tells you the component of the
mortar to be checked. The amount of time required is indicated in the MAN-HOUR
column.

When recording results of PMCS, entries in the PMCS ITEM NO. column will be used for
the TM Item No. column on DA Form 2404, Equipment Inspection and Maintenance
Worksheet.

The EQUIPMENT NOT READY/AVAILABLE IF column indicates deficiencies which
must be corrected before you can operate the 60mm mortar.

Perform weekly as well as before operation PMCS if:

(1) You are the assigned operator and have not used the item since the last weekly.
(2) You are operating the item for the first time.


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-2

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00
LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS
Lubrication instructions throughout the PMCS table are mandatory.

General purpose lubricating oil (GPL) (item 12, WP 0023 00) is the preferred lubricant.
However, rifle bore cleaning compound (RBC) (item 7, WP 0023 00) and weapon
lubricating oil (LAW) (item 13, WP 0023 00) are acceptable substitutes. LAW will be used
for continuous subzero environments.

Intervals are based on usual operating conditions. For unusual operating conditions,
lubricate as instructed in chapter 2, WP 0014 00. When the weapon is not being used,
extend the intervals if proper lubrication procedures have been followed.

Clean fittings before lubricating. Clean parts with solvent cleaning compound (item 8, WP
0023 00). Dry before lubricating.

See FM 9-207 for lubrication in arctic conditions.

LUBRICATION CHART

0 F
0 F AND ABOVE
GPL - Lubri cati ng oi l , general purpose
(i tem 1 2, WP 0023 00)
BETWEEN 0 F AND - 35 F
LAW - Lubri cati ng oi l , weapons
(i tem 1 3, WP 0023 00)



TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-3 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00
PMCS PROCEDURES
INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
Abrasive cloth (item 9, WP 0023 00)
Cleaning tool brush (item 4, WP 0023 00)
General purpose lubricating oil (GPL) (item 12, WP 0023 00)
Lens paper (item 14, WP 0023 00)
Optical lens cleaning compound (item 6, WP 0023 00)
Pressure sensitive adhesive tape (item 17, WP 0023 00)
Rifle bore cleaning compound (RBC) (item 7, WP 0023 00)
Weapon lubricating oil (LAW) (item 13, WP 0023 00)
Wiping rag (item 16, WP 0023 00)

References
AR 190-11
DA Form 2408-4
NAVMC 10558A
TM 9-1000-202-14


Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60-mm Mortar.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
1 Before DA Form
2408-4;
NAVMC
10558A
(USMC only)
Check if your weapon has
been borescoped and
pullover gaged within the
past 180 days. Borescope
every 100 rounds when
firing subcaliber training
rounds (M3 Sabot).
1. Weapon has
not been bore-
scoped or
pullover gaged
within 180 days.
See TM 9-1000-
202-14. Weapon
has not been
borescoped every
100 rounds when
firing subcaliber
training rounds
(M3 Sabot).
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-4

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60-mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
1
(Cont)
Before
(Cont)
DA Form
2408-4;
NAVMC
10558A
(USMC only)
(Cont)
2. After bore
diameter reaches
2.402 inches or
after 10,000
rounds fired,
weapon has not
been borescoped
every 1,000
additional rounds.

2 Before 60-mm Mor-
tar Cannon,
M225
2
3
1


1. Check for foreign matter
in cannon tube (1). Wipe
bore dry. Lubricate all
exterior unpainted surfaces
and parts with light coat of
GPL (item 12, WP 0023 00).
Remove light surface rust
with abrasive cloth (item 9,
WP 0023 00).


2. Look for bulges, dents,
cracks, missing or damaged
parts, or evidence of gas
leakage around breech cap
(2). Check bore for rust.
Check cooling fins (3) for
cracked, bent, or broken
fins. Remove dust and dirt
from cooling fins.
Tube has bulges,
dents, cracks,
missing or
damaged parts,
or evidence of
gas leakage
(discoloration)
around breech
cap. Cooling fins
are cracked,
bent, or broken.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-5 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
3 Before Handle and
Firing
Mechanism


WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)



I
6
,
5
6
2
1


CAUTI ON
Excessive dry firing will prematurely wear out sear.

1. Place firing selector (1)
at T, S, and D and check
safety by squeezing the
trigger (2). Trigger should
not fire mortar with firing
selector at S or D. Trigger
should click loudly with
firing selector at T.
Trigger fires
when firing
selector is in S
or D or will not
fire when firing
selector is at T.
Selector lever
will not rotate
easily through
positions T, S,
and D.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-6

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
3
(Cont)
Before
(Cont)
Handle and
Firing
Mechanism
(Cont)
s
T
3


2. Check for illumination
of range indicator assembly
(3) in darkened area.
No illumination.

3.1 Before Handle and
Firing
Mechanism
Check handle and firing
mechanism for missing or
damaged radiation
warning, data plate, or
missing parts.
Missing or has
damaged
radiation
warning, data
plate, or missing
parts.



TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-7 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
4 Before 60-mm
Mortar Bipod,
M170
1
3
4
5
2


1. Check for smooth
operation of elevating
mechanism (1), traversing
mechanism (2), and cross-
leveling mechanism (3).
Leg (4) must move in and
out smoothly with plain
wing nut (5) loosened.
Elevating
mechanism,
traversing
mechanism,
and/or cross-
leveling mech-
anism is not
working. Legs
bind. Plain wing
nut will not lock.
Backlash ex-
ceeds 1/8 turn
in traversing
mechanism or
elevating
mechanism.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-8

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
4
(Cont)
Before
(Cont)
60-mm
Mortar Bipod,
M170 (Cont)
7
6


2. Extend shock absorbers
(6); they must return
smoothly, without binding,
to original position when
released. Check that collar
(7) locks securely.

Shock absorbers
will not return
without binding.
Collar inoperable.

5 Before Mortar Base-
plate, M7
1


Check for cracks or breaks.
Check locking cap (1) for
smooth 360° rotation.
Baseplate
cracked or
broken. Locking
cap does not rotate
360°.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-9 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
6 Before Mortar Base-
plate, M8
1
2


Insert basecap (1) of
cannon into socket of
baseplate. Close latch (2).
Check that latch pin seats
and locks. Check for
positive retention of
baseplate on cannon.
Latch is broken
or baseplate
comes off cannon
when latch is
locked.

7 Before Sight Unit
M67


WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
7
(Cont)
Before
(Cont)
Sight Unit
M67 (Cont)


1 . Tel escope
2. Coarse el evati on scal e
3. Coarse el evati on scal e arrow
4. Cross-l evel vi al
5. Fi ne el evati on scal e
6. Fi ne el evati on i ndex arrow
7. Coarse azi muth (defl ecti on) i ndex arrow
8. El evati on vi al
9. Fi ne azi muth (defl ecti on) scal e
1 0. Coarse azi muth (defl ecti on) scal e
1
7
8
9
1 0
2
3
4
5
6


1. Ten items on the sight
unit are radioactively
illuminated. Whenever you
get a new sight unit, check
the ten points in a
darkened area. If any of
the ten items is not
illuminated, notify the local
Radiation Safety Officer
(RSO) or the TACOM-RI
RSO.


Any of the ten
items is not
illuminated.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-11 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:


1
2
5
3
4



2. Look through eyepiece
(1). Check for dirt, cracks, or
fogging. Check eyeshield
vent holes (2) for dirt.
Target image is
obstructed or
reticle not
visible.

3. Check that latching
lever (3) secures sight unit
mount to dovetail (4).
Sight unit
mount will not
fit in dovetail
on bipod.

4. Check that bubbles in
level vials (5) will move and
vials are not cracked or
loose in mounting. Check
that vial covers rotate
freely.
Vials are broken.
Vial covers will
not rotate.



TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-12

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
7
(Cont)
Before
(Cont)
Sight Unit
M67 (Cont)


7
6


5. Check elevation knob (6)
and azimuth (deflection)
knob (7) for smooth operation
(no binding). Check that
backlash on knobs (6 and 7)
doesn't exceed 0.5 mils.
1. Knobs won't
turn.

2. Azimuth or
elevation knob
slips when
locking knobs
are tightened.


8
9
6
1 0
1 1


6. Check that fine
elevation scale (8) of
elevation knob (6) slips only
when screws (9) are
loosened.
1. Scale not
readable.

2. Scale slips
when in locked
position.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-13 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
6.1. Check coarse azimuth
(deflection) scale (11) and
fine azimuth (deflection)
scale (10) to ensure that
they rotate freely when
depressed. When released
the scales should return to
position under spring
tension. This spring tension
provides resistance of
movement to the scales
during operation.
Scales do not
rotate freely
when depressed
or do not return
to tensioned
position when
released.
Resistance of
movement is
weak or missing
in tensioned
position.

7. Check M67 sight unit for
missing or damaged
radiation warning, data
plate, or other parts.
Missing or has
damaged
radiation
warning, data
plate, or other
parts.

8 Before Boresight

NOTE
60mm Mortar can be fired only in the hand-held mode if the M115
boresight is not ready/available.

1. Inspect lens for dirt,
cracks, or fogging.
Image is
obstructed.

2. Check that level vial
bubbles will move and vials
are not broken or loose in
mounting.
Bubbles won't
move. Vials
broken or loose in
mounting.

3. Check that mounting
surfaces are free of nicks
and burrs.
Nicks and burrs
on mounting
surfaces.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-14

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
9 Before Aiming Post
Lights, M58 or
M59



WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)





1. Wipe with clean dry cloth
prior to use.


2. Check for illumination
in darkened area.
No illumination.

3. Check for missing or
damaged radiation
warning, data plate, or
other parts.
Missing or
damaged radia-
tion warning,
data plate, or
other parts.

4. Check for evidence of
tampering (aiming post
lights are factory sealed
and no disassembly is
authorized or required).
Evidence of
tampering.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-15 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
10 During 60-mm Mor-
tar Cannon,
M225
Cannon bore is required to
be dry swab cleaned at the
end of each fire mission, or
after 10 rounds fired
(approximately).


11 During Mortar Base-
plate, M7



1


Check for cracks or breaks.
Check locking cap (1) for
smooth 360° rotation.
Baseplate
cracked or
broken. Locking
cap does not
rotate 360°.


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-16

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
12 During Mortar Base-
plate, M8



1
2


Insert basecap (1) of
cannon into socket of
baseplate. Close latch (2).
Check that latch pin seats
and locks. Check for
positive retention of
baseplate on cannon.
Latch is broken
or baseplate
comes off cannon
when latch is
locked.

13 During Sight Unit
M67



WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)



TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-17 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:

1
2


Check coarse azimuth
(deflection) scale (1) and fine
azimuth (deflection) scale
(2) to ensure that scales
rotate freely when
depressed and return to
position under spring
tension when released.
Scales slip
during firing.

14 After DA Form
2408-4;
NAVMC
10558A
(USMC only)
Update DA Form 2408-4 to
reflect day's firing.
After bore
diameter reaches
2.402 inches or
after 10,000
rounds fired,
weapon has not
been borescoped
every 1,000
additional
rounds.



TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-18

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
15 After 60-mm Mor-
tar Cannon,
M225
1. Immediately after firing
and on the next two days,
thoroughly clean with RBC
(item 7, WP 0023 00),
making sure that all
surfaces are well coated. Do
not wipe dry. On third day
after firing, clean with
RBC. Wipe dry and lightly
coat with GPL oil (item 12,
WP 0023 00).


2. Lubricate all unpainted
surfaces and parts with
light coat of GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00). Remove
light surface rust with
abrasive cloth (item 9, WP
0023 00).


16 After 60-mm
Mortar Bipod,
M170
Move traversing
mechanism through full
range of movement and
lubricate unpainted surface
with light coat of GPL oil
(item 12, WP 0023 00).
Fully extend left leg and
lubricate unpainted surface
with light coat of GPL oil.


17 After Mortar Base-
plate, M7
Lubricate all unpainted
surfaces and parts with
light coat of GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00). Remove
light surface rust with
abrasive cloth (item 9, WP
0023 00).



TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-19 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
18 After Mortar Base-
plate, M8
Lubricate all unpainted
surfaces and parts with
light coat of GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00). Remove
light surface rust with
abrasive cloth (item 9, WP
0023 00).


19 After Sight Unit
M67


WARNI NG

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H
3
)



1
2
5
3
4


1. Look through eyepiece
(1). Check for dirt, cracks, or
fogging. Check eyeshield
vent holes (2) for dirt.
Target image is
obstructed or
reticle not
visible.

2. Check that latching
lever (3) secures sight unit
mount to dovetail (4).
Sight unit
mount will not
fit in dovetail on
bipod.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-20

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
19
(Cont)
After
(Cont)
Sight Unit
M67 (Cont)
3. Check that bubbles in
level vials (5) will move and
vials are not cracked or
loose in mounting.
Vials are broken.


7
6


4. Check elevation knob (6)
and azimuth (deflection)
knob (7) for smooth
operation (no binding).
Check that backlash on
knobs (6 and 7) doesn't
exceed 0.5 mils.
1. Knobs won't
turn.

2. Azimuth or
elevation knob
slips when
locking knobs
are tightened.


8
9
6
1 0
1 1



TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-21 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
5. Check that fine elevation
scale (8) of elevation knob
(6) slips only when screws
(9) are loosened.
1. Scale not
readable.

2. Scale slips
when in locked
position.

5.1. Check coarse azimuth
(deflection) scale (11) and
fine azimuth (deflection)
scale (10) to ensure that
they rotate freely when
depressed. When released
the scales should return to
position under spring
tension. This spring tension
provides resistance of
movement to the scales
during operation.
Scales do not
rotate freely
when depressed
or do not return
to tensioned
position when
released.
Resistance of
movement is
weak or missing
in tensioned
position.


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-22

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
19
(Cont)
After
(Cont)
Sight Unit
M67 (Cont)
6. Do not lubricate the
sight unit. Wipe dry, using
wiping rag (item 16, WP
0023 00). Clean lens with
optical lens cleaning
compound (item 6, WP
0023 00) and lens paper
(item 14, WP 0023 00).
Coat unpainted metal
surface with GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00). After
cleaning, cover exposed
lens with two thicknesses
of lens paper (item 14, WP
0023 00) and secure with
pressure sensitive adhesive
tape (item 17, WP 0023 00).
Store in clean and dry rack,
cabinet, or container that
meets the security
requirements of AR 190-11.


20 After Boresight Wipe with clean dry cloth
prior to storage.


21 After Aiming Post
Lights, M58
or M59
Wipe with clean dry cloth
prior to storage.





TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-23 Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
22 Weekly 60-mm Mor-
tar Cannon,
M225
1. Clean with RBC (item 7,
WP 0023 00). Wipe dry and
lubricate all unpainted
surfaces and parts with
light coat of GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00) when
weapon is not being fired.
Remove light surface rust
with abrasive cloth (item 9,
WP 0023 00).


2. Weekly, or as needed,
use cleaning tool brush
(item 4, WP 0023 00) to
carefully clean cooling fins
on cannon to assure
maximum heat transfer.
Do not allow dirt or foreign
matter to build up on the
cooling fins.


23 Weekly Handle and
Firing Mech-
anism
Use LAW (item 13, WP
0023 00) only in the handle
lubrication fitting and on
the firing selector.



TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0017 00-24

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
24 Weekly 60-mm
Mortar Bipod,
M170
1. Lubricate all unpainted
surfaces and parts with
light coat of GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00). Remove
light surface rust with
abrasive cloth (item 9,
WP 0023 00).


2. Move traversing
mechanism through full
range of movement and
lubricate unpainted surface
with light coat of GPL oil
(item 12, WP 0023 00).
Fully extend left leg and
lubricate unpainted surface
with light coat of GPL oil.


25 Weekly Mortar Base-
plate, M7
Lubricate all unpainted
surfaces and parts with
light coat of GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00). Remove
light surface rust with
abrasive cloth (item 9, WP
0023 00).


26 Weekly Mortar Base-
plate, M8
Lubricate all unpainted
surfaces and parts with
light coat of GPL oil (item
12, WP 0023 00). Remove
light surface rust with
abrasive cloth (item 9, WP
0023 00).



TM 9-1010-223-10
0017 00-25/26 blank Change 7

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS),
INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued 0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar -
Continued.

ITEM
NO.
INTERVAL MAN-
HOUR
ITEM TO BE
CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
27 Semi-
annually
60-mm
Mortar Bipod,
M170
Send bipod to field
maintenance for servicing
of collar shock absorber
assembly, elevating
mechanism, and traversing
mechanism.






END OF TASK









TM 9-1010-223-10
0018 00-1/2 blank

60MM, M224 LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR MAINTENANCE 0018 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
60mm Mortar, M224

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
Paint brush (item 5, WP 0023 00)
Polyurethane coating (item 15, WP 0023 00)
Synthetic thinner (item 18, WP 0023 00)

References
WP 0017 00
WP 0019 00

60MM MORTAR, M224
Operator maintenance is limited to inspecting and servicing components as outlined in
the following instructions:

1 PMCS, including lubrication instructions (WP 0017 00).

2 Care and cleaning of optical parts (WP 0019 00).

WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG WARNI NG
Paint thinners are flammable and toxic. Do not use near an open flame.
Use only in a well ventilated area.

The operator may also touch up the paint using polyurethane coating (item 15, WP
0023 00), paint brush (item 5, WP 0023 00), and synthetic thinner (item 18, WP 0023 00).


END OF TASK

TM 9-1010-223-10
0019 00-1

CARE AND CLEANING OF OPTICAL PARTS 0019 00
THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS:
Wiping, Cleaning, Cold Weather Cleaning, Removal of Moisture

INITIAL SETUP:

Maintenance Level
Operator

Materials/Parts
Alcohol (item 1, WP 0023 00)
Artist brush (item 3, WP 0023 00)
Lens paper (item 14, WP 0023 00)


CAUTI ON CAUTI ON CAUTI ON CAUTI ON
Keep exposed surfaces of lenses and other parts clean and dry to prevent
or retard corrosion of metal and etching of surfaces of glass.

Never use polishing liquids, pastes, or abrasives to polish lenses and
windows.
WIPING
1. Use only lens paper (item 14, WP 0023 00), especially intended for cleaning optical
glass.

2. Do not use cleaning cloths on optical surfaces.
CLEANING
1. Keep optical parts free from oil and grease.

2. Do not touch lenses or windows with bare fingers.

3. Apply alcohol (item 1, WP 0023 00) with lens paper (item 14, WP 0023 00). Wipe
gently with clean lens paper to remove oil or grease from optical surfaces.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0019 00-2

CARE AND CLEANING OF OPTICAL PARTS - Continued 0019 00
COLD WEATHER CLEANING
1. Clean optical surfaces with lens paper (item 14, WP 0023 00) moistened with alcohol
(item 1, WP 0023 00).

2. If alcohol is not available, use dry lens paper and artist brush (item 3, WP 0023 00).

3. Wipe gently to avoid scratching or removing coated surface of optics.
REMOVAL OF MOISTURE
1. Condensation may cause moisture to collect on optical parts of instrument when
temperature of parts is lower than that of surrounding air.
CAUTI ON CAUTI ON CAUTI ON CAUTI ON
Do not apply heat directly from concentrated sources. This could cause
unequal expansion of parts, leading to damage and inaccurate
functioning of optical parts.

2. If moisture from condensation is not excessive, you can remove it by placing
instruments in warm place.

3. If moisture from condensation is excessive, notify unit maintenance.


END OF TASK

TM 9-1010-223-10

























CHAPTER 5
SUPPORTING INFORMATION


TM 9-1010-223-10
0020 00-1 Change 6

REFERENCES 0020 00
SCOPE
This work package lists all field manuals, forms, miscellaneous publications, technical
manuals, and Marine Corps publications referenced in this manual.
FIELD MANUALS
Basic Cold Weather Manual FM 31-70
First Aid FM 4-25.11
4.2-Inch Mortar, M30 FM 23-92
Mortars FM 23-90
Northern Operations FM 31-71
Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Materiel in Cold
Weather (0° to - 65°F) FM 9-207
FORMS
Equipment Control Record DA Form 2408-9
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet DA Form 2404
Equipment Maintenance Log DA Form 2409
Product Quality Deficiency Report SF 368
Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms DA Form 2028
Supply Discrepancy Report SF 364
Weapon Record Data DA Form 2408-4
MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS
Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items CTA 8-100
Expendable/Durable Items (Except: Medical, Class V, Repair
Parts, and Heraldic Items) CTA 50-970
Ionizing Radiation Protection (Licensing, Control,
Transportation, Disposal, and Radiation Safety) AR 385-11
Notices, Instructions, and Reports to Workers; Inspections 10CFR Part 19
Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition and Explosives AR 190-11
Policies and Procedures for Firing Ammunition for Training,
Target Practice and Combat AR 385-63
Reporting of Defects and Non-Compliance 10CFR Part 21
60mm Mortar, M224 FT 60-P-1
Standards for Protection Against Radiation 10CFR Part 20
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS)
Users Manual DA PAM 750-8
The Army Radiation Safety Program DA PAM 385-24

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 6 0020 00-2

REFERENCES - Continued 0020 00
TECHNICAL MANUALS
Army Ammunition Data Sheets for Artillery Ammunition:
Guns, Howitzers, Mortars, Recoilless Rifles, Grenade
Launchers and Artillery Fuzes TM 43-0001-28
Destruction Process for Equipment in FSC 1000 - 1095
to Prevent Enemy Use TM 750-244-7
Evaluation of Cannon Tubes TM 9-1000-202-14
General Maintenance Procedures for Fire Control Materiel TM 9-254
Operator's and Unit Maintenance Manual (Including Repair
Parts and Special Tools List) for Cartridge, 60mm:
Target Practice (SR), M766 TM 9-1310-252-12&P
Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual
Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for
Plotting Board, Indirect Fire, M16/M19 W/E TM 9-1220-243-12&P
Operator's and Organizational Maintenance Manual
Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for 60-mm
Mortar Training Device Sabot (Inert), M3, and 22-mm
Subcaliber Practice Cartridge, M744, M745, M746,
M747 TM 9-1310-249-12&P
USMC PUBLICATIONS AND FORMS
Consumer-Level Supply Policy Manual MCO P4400.150
Department of the Navy Physical Security Instruction for
Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives (AA&E) OPNAVINST 5530.13
Department of the Navy Physical Security and Loss
Prevention OPNAVINST 5530.14
Equipment Record Procedures TM 4700-15/1
Ground Mishaps Report MCO 5102.1
Marine Corps Radiation Safety MCO 5104.3
Product Quality Deficiency Report MCO 4855.10
Recommended Changes to Technical Publications NAVMC 10772
Report of Item and Packaging Discrepancies MCO 4430.3
Reporting of Item and Packaging Discrepancies SECNAVINST 4355.18
Special Handling Tritium Fire Control TI-5104-15/2A
TMDE Calibration and Maintenance Procedures TI-4733-15/1D
Transportation and Travel Record of Transportation
Discrepancies MCO P4610.19
USMC Military Incentives Award Program MCO 1650.17
Weapons Record Book, Part II — Tube Data NAVMC Form 10558A


TM 9-1010-223-10
0021 00-1 Change 7

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS 0021 00
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists COEI and BII for the M224 mortar to help you inventory items for
safe and efficient operation of the equipment.

General
Army: The COEI and BII information is divided into the following lists:

Components of End Item (COEI). This list is for information purposes only and is not
authority to requisition replacements. These items are part of the M224 mortar. As part of
the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever it is issued or transferred
between property accounts. Items of COEI are removed and separately packaged for
transportation or shipment only when necessary. Illustrations are furnished to help you
find and identify the items.

Basic Issue Items (BII). These essential items are required to place the M224 mortar in
operation, operate it, and to do emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged,
BII must be with the M224 mortar during operation and when it is transferred between
property accounts. Listing these items is your authority to request/requisition them for
replacement based on authorization of the end item by the TOE/MTOE. Illustrations are
furnished to help you find and identify the items.

Marine Corps: The items listed in this work package will be handled by Marine Corps
personnel as follows:

Supply System Responsibility. This is a list, in alphabetical sequence, of items that are
furnished with and must be turned in with the end item. Any item requiring replacement
is the responsibility of the holding organization or using unit.

Collateral Material. This is a list, in alphabetical sequence, of items that are supplied with
the initial issue of an end item and are retained by the unit.

5th Echelon Rehabilitation Program. Major items returned under this program will be
evacuated under the provision(s) of the applicable Marine Corps Order(s) with items listed
under "Supply System Responsibility." Rebuild and replacement under a 5th Echelon
rehabilitation program will be limited to these items only. Those items under the heading
"Collateral Material" and using unit items shall be held by holding organizations/using
units for application to replacement end items.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0021 00-2

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS - Continued 0021 00
INTRODUCTION - Continued
Explanation of Columns in the COEI List and BII List
Column (1) — Illus Number. Gives you the number of the item illustrated.

Column (2) — National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be
used for requisitioning purposes.

Column (3) — Description, CAGEC, and Part Number. Identifies the Federal item name
(in all capital letters) followed by a minimum description when needed. The stowage
location of COEI and BII is also included in this column. The last line below the
description is the CAGEC (Commercial and Government Entity Code) (in parentheses)
and the part number.

Column (4) — Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is
not the same for different models of equipment.

Column (5) — Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the physical measurement or count of the
item as issued per the National Stock Number shown in column (2).

Column (6) — Qty Rqr. Indicates the quantity required.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0021 00-3 Change 7

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS - Continued 0021 00
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND MARINE CORPS SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY
LIST

1
2
3
4



(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND
PART NUMBER
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)

U/M
(6)
QTY
RQR
1 1010-01-043-7504 BASEPLATE, MORTAR, M7
(19206) 11579070
EA 1

2 1010-01-043-4661 BASEPLATE, MORTAR, M8
(19206) 11578990
EA 1

3 1010-01-521-1614 BIPOD, 60MM MORTAR,
M170
(19206) 11579090
EA 1

4 CANNON, 60MM MORTAR,
M225
(19206) 11579080

EA 1
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0021 00-4

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS - Continued 0021 00
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND MARINE CORPS SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY
LIST - Continued

5
6
7



(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND
PART NUMBER
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)

U/M
(6)
QTY
RQR
5 SIGHT UNIT, M67
(19200) 9356182
Consists of:
EA 1

6 6650-01-341-5195 TELESCOPE, ELBOW,
OPTICAL DEVICE
(19206) 9356181
EA 1

7 6650-01-340-6082 MOUNT, TELESCOPE
(19200) 9356166

EA 1


NOTE
M67 Sight Unit telescope mount and elbow telescope must be ordered
separately.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0021 00-5 Change 7

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS - Continued 0021 00
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND MARINE CORPS SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY
LIST - Continued

W
E
A
P
O
N
S
R
E
C
O
R
D

B
O
O
K
8
9



NOTE
These items are Marine Corps Supply System Responsibility items, but
are not Army COEI.


(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND
PART NUMBER
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)

U/M
(6)
QTY
RQR
8 6650-01-521-9875 CASE, SIGHT UNIT
(19200) PRF13005489
(USMC ONLY)
EA 1

9 0000-00-005-9811 BOOK, WEAPONS RECORD
(19206) 10558A-SD
(USMC ONLY)

EA 1

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0021 00-6

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS - Continued 0021 00
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS AND MARINE CORPS COLLATERAL MATERIAL LIST

1
2
4
3



(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND
PART NUMBER
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)

U/M
(6)
QTY
RQR
1 1010-01-044-1867 BRUSH, CLEANING,
ARTILLERY
(19206) 11579275
EA 1

2 1290-01-043-8288 CASE, AIMING POST
(19200) 11733755
EA 1

3 6650-01-521-9875 CASE, SIGHT UNIT
(19200) PRF13005489
(MARINE CORPS SSR)
EA 1

4 1240-01-043-7502 COVER, FIRE CONTROL
(19200) 11733753

EA 1

TM 9-1010-223-10
0021 00-7 Change 7

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS - Continued 0021 00
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS AND MARINE CORPS COLLATERAL MATERIAL LIST - Continued

7. 1
5
6
7
8



(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND
PART NUMBER
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)

U/M
(6)
QTY
RQR
5 1010-01-048-1420 COVER, GUN MUZZLE
(19206) 11579102
EA 1

6 1390-01-326-0675 FUZE SETTER, MTSQ
(19200) 12929246
EA 1

7 5340-00-257-1033 HOOK, ARTILLERY,
CLEANING
(19206) 11578350
EA 1

7.1 5120-00-198-5400 KEY, SOCKET HEAD
(0.035)
(05047) B18.3
EA 1

8 1290-00-169-1934 LIGHT, AIMING POST,
M58
(Green)
(19200) 11730975

EA 2
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0021 00-8

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS - Continued 0021 00
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS AND MARINE CORPS COLLATERAL MATERIAL LIST - Continued

9
1 2
1 0
1 1




(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND
PART NUMBER
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)

U/M
(6)
QTY
RQR
9 1290-00-169-1935 LIGHT, AIMING POST, M59
(Orange)
(19200) 11730976
EA 1

10 8415-01-092-0039 MITTEN, HEAT
PROTECTIVE
(81349) MIL-M-11199F
EA 1

11 1290-01-046-8320 POST, AIMING, M14
(19200) 11736201
EA 8

12 5120-00-820-2995 SCREWDRIVER, CROSS
TIP
(81348) GGG-S-121

EA 1

TM 9-1010-223-10
0021 00-9/10 blank Change 7

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS - Continued 0021 00
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS AND MARINE CORPS COLLATERAL MATERIAL LIST - Continued

1 3
1 6
1 4
1 5
1 7



(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND
PART NUMBER
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)

U/M
(6)
QTY
RQR
13 5120-00-278-1269 SCREWDRIVER, FLAT-TIP
7/32 w tip, 1 in. lg
(81348) GGG-S-121
EA 1

14 1005-00-312-7177 SLING, SMALL ARMS
(19204) 12002983
EA 1

15 1010-00-225-4906 STAFF, SECTION
CLEANING
(19206) 8769496
EA 1

16 1010-01-043-8195 STAKE, DRIVING, AIMING
POST
(19200) 11741788
EA 1

17 TM 9-1010-223-10

EA 1







TM 9-1010-223-10
0022 00-1 Change 7

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) 0022 00
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the M224
mortar.

General
Army: Additional Authorization List. This list identifies items that do not have to
accompany the M224 mortar and that do not have to be turned in with it. These items are
all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA.

Marine Corps: Using Unit Responsibility. This list identifies, in alphabetical sequence,
items that will not be issued with the end item. They must be requisitioned, as required,
through the supply system by the holding organization or the using unit.

Explanation of Columns in the AAL
Column (1) — National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be
used for requisitioning purposes.

Column (2) — Description, CAGEC, and Part Number. Identifies the Federal item name
(in all capital letters) followed by a minimum description when needed. The last line below
the description is the CAGEC (Commercial and Government Entity Code) (in parentheses)
and the part number.

Column (3) — Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is
not the same for different models of equipment.

Column (4) — Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the physical measurement or count of the
item as issued per the National Stock Number shown in column (1).

Column (5) — Qty Recm. Indicates the quantity recommended.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0022 00-2

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) - Continued 0022 00
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST AND MARINE CORPS USING UNIT
RESPONSIBILITY LIST

(1)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(2)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND PART NUMBER
(3)
USABLE
ON CODE
(4)

U/M
(5)
QTY
RECM

8105-00-285-4744 BAG, SAND
(81349) MIL-B-12233
HD 1

2540-00-670-2459 BAG ASSEMBLY,
PAMPHLET
Cotton web, od
(19207) 7961712
(USMC ONLY)
EA 1

7510-00-889-3494 BINDER, LOOSE-LEAF
(19207) 11677003
EA 1

1240-01-058-7460 BORESIGHT, M115,
OPTICAL
(19200) 11748094
EA AR

OR

1240-00-152-3512 BORESIGHT (W/E), M45A1,
OPTICAL
(19200) 10549221
EA AR

6675-01-067-0687 CIRCLE, AIMING, M2A2
(19200) 11785090
EA 1

1290-00-930-4260 COMPASS, MAGNETIC,
UNMOUNTED M2
(19200) 10547166
EA 1

4240-01-538-7970 HEARING PROTECTION,
HEADSET
(1QQ93) 97011
EA AR

4930-00-537-8977 OILER, HAND
(96906) MS15766-1

EA 1


TM 9-1010-223-10
0022 00-3 Change 7

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) - Continued 0022 00
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST AND MARINE CORPS USING UNIT
RESPONSIBILITY LIST - Continued

(1)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(2)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND PART NUMBER
(3)
USABLE
ON CODE
(4)

U/M
(5)
QTY
RECM

1220-01-059-7989 PLOTTING BOARD, M19
W/Case, Carrying
(19200) 11748086
EA 1

1220-01-045-4965 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
(19200) 11741798
(For M720 HE)
EA 1

1220-01-519-8295 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
(19200) 12960766
(For M720 HE)
EA 1

1220-01-394-8225 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
(19200) 12913063
(For M722 WP)
EA 1

1220-01-394-8209 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
(19200) 12913064
(For M721 IL)
EA 1

1220-01-461-8827 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
(19200) 12983009
(For M767 IR)
EA 1

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0022 00-4

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) - Continued 0022 00
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST AND MARINE CORPS USING UNIT
RESPONSIBILITY LIST - Continued

(1)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(2)
DESCRIPTION, CAGEC,
AND PART NUMBER
(3)
USABLE
ON CODE
(4)

U/M
(5)
QTY
RECM

1220-01-394-1373 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
(19200) 12912961
(For M888 HE)
EA 1

1220-01-569-3170 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
(19200) 13008576
(For MAPAM, M1061 HE)
EA 1





TM 9-1010-223-10
0023 00-1 Change 7

EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST 0023 00
INTRODUCTION

Scope
This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and
maintain the M224 mortar. This list is for information only and is not authority to
requisition the listed items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970,
Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), or
CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items.

Explanation of Columns in the Expendable/Durable Items List
Column (1) — Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is
referenced in the narrative instructions to identify the item (e.g., "Use cleaning compound
(item 8, WP 0023 00).").

Column (2) — Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires
the listed item (C = Operator/Crew).

Column (3) — National Stock Number (NSN). This is the NSN assigned to the item which
you can use to requisition it.

Column (4) — Item Name, Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code
(CAGEC), and Part Number (P/N). This column provides the other information you need
to identify the item.

Column (5) — Unit of Measure (U/M). This code shows the physical measurement or count
of an item, such as gallon, dozen, gross, etc.

EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST

(1)

ITEM
NUMBER
(2)


LEVEL
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(4)

ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION,
CAGEC, AND PART NUMBER
(5)


U/M
1 C 6810-00-201-0906 ALCOHOL, DENATURED:
(81348) O-E-760
PT

2 C 8105-00-269-4662 BAG, PLASTIC:
(81349) MIL-B-117
EA

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0023 00-2

EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST - Continued 0023 00
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST - Continued

(1)

ITEM
NUMBER
(2)


LEVEL
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(4)

ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION,
CAGEC, AND PART NUMBER
(5)


U/M
3 C 8020-00-201-1870 BRUSH, ARTIST:
(81348) H-B-241
EA

4 C 7920-00-205-2401 BRUSH, CLEANING TOOL:
(81349) MIL-S-43871
EA

5 C 8020-00-242-7266 BRUSH, PAINT:
(96906) MS16866
EA

5.1 C 9150-01-193-6376 CLEANER, LUBRICANT,
PRESERVATIVE
(27412) CLP-9
CN

6 C 6850-00-392-9751 CLEANING COMPOUND,
OPTICAL LENS:
(81349) MILC43454
OZ

7 C 6850-00-224-6663 CLEANING COMPOUND,
RIFLE BORE (RBC):
(81349) MILC372
CN

8 C 6850-00-597-9765 CLEANING COMPOUND,
SOLVENT:
(81348) O-C-1889
CN

9 C 5350-00-221-0872 CLOTH, ABRASIVE: crocus
(58536) A-A-1206
PG

10 C 9150-01-197-7689 GREASE, AUTOMOTIVE
(81349) MIL-G-10924
6.5 lb can
LB

11 C 9905-00-257-2746 INSTRUCTION DECAL
(19200) 11731011
EA



TM 9-1010-223-10
0023 00-3/4 blank Change 7

EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST - Continued 0023 00
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST - Continued

(1)

ITEM
NUMBER
(2)


LEVEL
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK
NUMBER
(4)

ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION,
CAGEC, AND PART NUMBER
(5)


U/M
12 C 9150-00-231-2361 LUBRICATING OIL, GENERAL
PURPOSE: (GPL)
(81349) MIL-L-3150
CN

13 C 9150-00-292-9689 LUBRICATING OIL, WEAPON:
(LAW)
(81349) MIL-L-14107
CN

14 C 6640-00-285-4694 PAPER, LENS:
(81348) NNN-P-40
EA

15 C 8010-01-229-7546 POLYURETHANE COATING
(81349) MIL-C-53039
QT

16 C 7920-00-205-1711 RAG, WIPING:
(58536) A-A-531
LB

17 C 7510-00-266-6712 TAPE, PRESSURE SENSITIVE
ADHESIVE:
1 in. wide, 60 yd roll
(19203) 8783476
YD

18 C 8010-00-181-8080 THINNER, SYNTHETIC:
(85570) 020X304

CN











TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-1 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES
The following cartridges are authorized to be fired in the 60mm, M224 mortar:

Cartridge, 60mm: HE, M720
Cartridge, 60mm: HE, M720A1
Cartridge, 60mm: HE, M768
Cartridge, 60mm: Illum, M721
Cartridge, 60mm: Smoke, WP, M722
Cartridge, 60mm: Smoke, WP, M722A1
Cartridge, 60mm: FRP, M769
Cartridge, 60mm: HE, M888
Cartridge, 60mm: HE, M49A4
Cartridge, 60mm: Smoke, WP, M302A1/M302A2
Cartridge, 60mm: Illum, M83 Series
Cartridge, 60mm: TP, M50A3
Cartridge, 60mm: Training, M69
Cartridge, 60mm: Training Device
Cartridge, 60mm: SRTP, M766
Cartridge, 60mm: IR Illum, M767
Cartridge, 60mm: HE, M1061


BODY PROPELLANT I NCREMENTS
PRI MER
FI NS
FUZE
OBTURATI NG BAND
M720 Cartri dge



Type/Use: High explosive/fragmentation and blast
Identification: Olive drab w/yellow markings
Components: Fuze - Multi-option, M734
Propelling charge - M204
Max Range: 3490 Meters
Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired above charge 1 in hand-held mode.
Cartridge must be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters during
training.
Remarks: When firing in 60mm Mortar M19 or M2, use no more than two (2)
charges.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-2

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES - Continued

I
L
L
U
M
6
0

M
M
C
R
T
G

M
7
2
1
M
M
0
1
0
1
OBTURATI NG RI NG
FI N ASSEMBLY
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE
(W/PRI MER)
PROPELLI NG CHARGE
PROJECTI LE BODY
FUZE
M721 Cartri dge



Type/Use: Illumination
Identification: White w/black markings
Components: Fuze - Mechanical Time Superquick (MTSQ), M776
Propelling charge - M204, M235
Max Range (burst): 3490 Meters
Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired below charge 1.
Cartridge cannot be fired in the 60 mm Mortar M19 or M2.
Remarks: Cartridge provides 325,000 candle power average illumination for
about 40 seconds.


6
0
M
W
P

S
M
O
K
E
C
T
G

M
7
2
2
FUZE
FI N ASSEMBLY PROJECTI LE BODY
OBTURATI NG RI NG PROPELLI NG CHARGE
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE
(W/PRI MER)
M722 Cartri dge



Type/Use: Smoke (WP)
Identification: Light green w/red markings and one yellow band
Components: Fuze - Point Detonating (PD), M745
Propelling charge - M204
Max Range (burst): 3490 Meters
Remarks: When firing in 60mm Mortar M19 or M2, use no more than two (2)
charges.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-3 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES - Continued

BODY PROPELLANT I NCREMENTS
PRI MER
FI NS
FUZE
OBTURATI NG BAND
SAFETY WI RE
M888 Cartri dge



Type/Use: High explosive/fragmentation and blast
Identification: Olive drab w/yellow markings
Components: Fuze - PD, M935
Propelling charge - M204
Max Range: 3490 Meters
Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired above charge 1 in hand-held mode.
Cartridge must be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters during
training.
Remarks: When firing in 60mm Mortar M19 or M2, use no more than two (2)
charges.


BODY
PROPELLANT
I NCREMENTS
PRI MER
FI NS
FUZE
SAFETY WI RE
GAS CHECKS
M49A4 Cartri dge



Type/Use: High explosive/fragmentation and blast
Identification: Olive drab w/yellow markings
Components: Fuze - PD, M525 Series or PD, M935
Propelling charge - M181
Max Range: 1930 Meters
Limitations: Short rounds may occur when fired in below 0°F temperatures.


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-4

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES - Continued

SAFETY/PULL WI RE
BODY
GAS CHECKS
PROPELLANT
I NCREMENTS
PRI MER
FI NS
FUZE
M302A1 /M302A2 Cartri dge



Type/Use: Smoke (white phosphorus)/screening and spotting
Identification: Gray w/yellow band and yellow markings or light green w/yellow
band and light red markings.
Components: Fuze - PD, M527 Series or PD, M935 (M302A1 Cartridge only)/PD,
M936 (M302A2 Cartridge only)
Propelling charge - M181
Max Range: 1630 Meters
Limitations: Short rounds may occur when fired in below 0°F temperatures.


SAFETY WI RE
BODY
PROPELLANT I NCREMENTS
PRI MER
FI NS
FUZE
M83 Seri es Cartri dge



Type/Use: Illumination
Identification: White w/black markings
Components: Fuze - Time, M65 Series
Propelling charge - M182
Max Range (burst): 931 Meters
Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired below charge 2.
Remarks: Cartridge contains an illuminating candle/parachute assembly.
Candles provide about 250,000 candlepower illumination for at
least 30 seconds.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-5 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES - Continued

SAFETY/PULL WI RE
BODY
GAS CHECKS
PROPELLANT I NCREMENTS
PRI MER
FI NS
FUZE
M50A3 Cartri dge



Type/Use: Training and practice (TP)
Identification: Blue w/white markings and brown bands
Components: Fuze - PD, M525 Series
Propelling charge - M181
Max Range: 1930 Meters
Limitations: Short rounds may occur when fired in below 0°F temperatures.
Remarks: Cartridge contains a spotting charge.


BODY
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE/
PRI MER
M69 Cartri dge



Type/Use: Training
Identification: Black, blue, or bronze w/white markings
Components: Fuze - None
Propelling charge - Ignition cartridge only
Remarks: Cartridge has an inert body and can be re-used (replacement of the
ignition cartridge is required for re-use).

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-6

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES - Continued
22MM SUBCAL
CARTRI DGE
SABOT
60MM Trai ni ng Devi ce


Type/Use: Training
Components: Sabot, M3
22 mm subcaliber cartridge (M744, M745, M746, or M747)
CAUTI ON
The M3 Sabot, with any 22 mm Subcaliber Cartridge, WILL NOT be
fired unless equipped with Type IV Flange Nut Assembly, NSN 1315-01-
163-5428. Rapid and condemning tube erosion will occur with non-
compliance. Refer to TM 9-1310-249-12&P for additional information
and instructions on its use.

6
0
M
R
A
C
T
I
C
E

S
T
G
M
7
6
6
FUZE
PACKI NG CLI P
VENT HOLES
DUD PLUG
OBTURATI NG BAND
I NCREMENT PLUG
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE
(W/PRI MER)
M766 Cartri dge


Type/Use: Target practice (short range)/training
Identification: Blue w/brown band and white markings
Components: Fuze, PD, Practice, M779
Propelling Charge - ignition cartridge only
Max Range: 538 Meters
Remarks: 1. Projectile body is hollow.
2. Range of cartridge is reduced by removing increment plugs from
projectile body. Removal of plugs allows gases to escape (from the
mortar barrel) through the body and out the vent holes.
3. A pyrotechnic charge in the fuze produces a flash, an audible
sound, and a cloud of smoke on impact.
4. The spent (fired) cartridges can be recovered for rebuilding and
reuse. Refer to TM 9-1310-252-12&P for instructions and
limitations.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-7 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES - Continued

I
R

I
L
L
U
M
6
0

M
M
7
6
7
OBTURATI NG RI NG
M767 Cartri dge
PROPELLI NG CHARGE
PROJECTI LE BODY
FI N
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE
(W/PRI MER)
FUZE


Type/Use: Infrared illumination
Identification: White w/black markings and orange band
Components: Fuze - MTSQ, M776
Propelling charge - M235
Max Range (burst): 3490 Meters
Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired below charge 2.
Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars.
Remarks: Candle provides infrared illumination, and is intended for use with
night vision devices.

P
R
A
C
T
I
C
E

F
R
C
R
T
G

M
7
6
9
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
W
A
R
N
I
N
G
6
0
M
D
O

N
O
T

F
I
R
E

I
N

M
1
9
O
R

M
2

M
O
R
T
A
R
0
1
0
PROPELLI NG CHARGE
FUZE
OBTURATI NG
RI NG
M769 Cartri dge
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE
(W/PRI MER)
PROJECTI LE BODY
VENT HOLE
W/PLUG


Type/Use: Training
Identification: Blue w/white markings and brown band
Components: Fuze - PD, M775
Propelling charge - M235
Max Range: 3490 Meters
Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars.
Remarks: A pyrotechnic charge in the fuze produces a flash, an audible sound,
and a cloud of smoke on impact.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-8

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES - Continued

M
7
2
0
A
1
6
0
M
P
A
X
-
2
1
M720A1 Cartri dge
PROPELLI NG CHARGE
FUZE
OBTURATI NG RI NG
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE
(W/PRI MER)
PROJECTI LE BODY
FI N ASSEMBLY


Type/Use: High explosive/fragmentation and blast
Identification: Olive drab with yellow markings
Components: Fuze - Multi-option, M734A1
Propelling charge - M235
Max Range: 3490 Meters
Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars.
Cartridge must be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters during
training.

M
7
6
8
6
0
M
P
A
X
-
2
1
M768 Cartri dge
PROPELLI NG CHARGE
FUZE
OBTURATI NG RI NG
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE
(W/PRI MER)
PROJECTI LE BODY
FI N ASSEMBLY


Type/Use: High explosive/fragmentation and blast
Identification: Olive drab with yellow markings
Components: Fuze - PD/Delay, M783
Propelling charge - M235
Max Range: 3490 Meters
Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars.
Cartridge must be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters during
training.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-9 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES - Continued

6
0
M
W
P

S
M
O
K
E
M722A1 Cartri dge
C
T
G

M
7
2
2
A
1
PROPELLI NG CHARGE
FUZE
OBTURATI NG RI NG
I GNI TI ON
CARTRI DGE
(W/PRI MER)
PROJECTI LE BODY
FI N ASSEMBLY



Type/Use: Smoke (WP)
Identification: Light green with red markings and one yellow band
Components: Fuze - PD/Delay, M783
Propelling charge - M204
Max Range: 3490 Meters
Remarks: Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars.

W
A
R
N
I
N
G
D
O

N
O
T

F
I
R
E

I
N

M
1
9
O
R

M
2

M
O
R
T
A
R
6
0

M
P
B
X
N
-
1
1
0
C
T
G

M
1
0
6
1
R
M

0
8
0
3
M
2
3
6

P
R
O
P

C
H
G
X
X
-
X
X
-
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
*
M
2
3
6

P
R
O
P

C
H
G
X
X
-
X
X
-
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
*
M
2
3
6

P
R
O
P

C
H
G
X
X
-
X
X
-
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
*
M
2
3
6

P
R
O
P

C
H
G
X
X
-
X
X
-
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
*
M1 061 Cartri dge
PROPELLI NG CHARGE
FUZE
OBTURATI NG RI NG
I GNI TI ON CARTRI DGE (W/PRI MER)
PROJECTI LE
FI N ASSEMBLY



Type/Use: HE/ Anti-Personnel, Anti-Materiel
Identification: Olive drab with yellow markings
Components: Fuze - MO, M734A1
Propelling charge - M236
Max Range: 3450 Meters
Remarks: Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars.
Cartridge cannot be fired above charge 1 in hand-held mode.
Do not fire in hand-held mode with single ball range indicator.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-10

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
PREPARATION FOR FIRING
1. Unpack cartridge. Retain all packing materials, including propelling charge
supports, for turn-in.
CAUTI ON
Examine fuze for visible damage or looseness. Do not attempt to
retighten a loose fuze or re-install a detached fuze. Cartridges with
damaged, loose, or detached fuzes shall be turned in to the Ammunition
Supply Point (ASP) as unserviceable.
NOTE
Remove packing stop from fuze of M720, M722, and M722A1 cartridges.

Remove propelling charge support clip from M720, M720A1, M721,
M722, M722A1, M768, M769, M888, and M1061 cartridges.

Inspect M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes for the presence of fuze packing
clip. Clip should remain in place until just prior to firing. If the packing
clip is not present, remove cartridge to dud pit and notify Explosive
Ordnance Disposal (EOD).

Examine fin assembly for visible damage or looseness. Examine
propelling charges for visible damage. Retighten loose fin assemblies (by
hand) before firing. Cartridges with damaged (bent) fins or leaking
propelling charges shall be turned in to the Ammunition Supply Point
(ASP) as unserviceable.

2. Set fuze for desired type of burst (M720, M720A1, M722A1, M768, M888, and M1061
cartridges).
NOTE
Position propelling charge increments as close to the fin as possible to
avoid short rounds.

3. Adjust propelling charge for desired range.

4. Remove fuze pull/safety wires (just prior to loading and firing cartridge). Remove
packing clip from M775 or M779 Practice Fuze prior to firing.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-11 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
PREPARATION FOR FIRING - Continued

BORE-RI DI NG
PI N


WARNI NG

M525 and M527 PD Fuzes. Do not fire cartridge if fuze makes a buzzing
sound when removing safety pins. Check fuze for presence of bore-riding
pin after removing safety pin. Do not fire cartridge if bore-riding pin is
missing. Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).

Inspect M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes to ensure that fuze striker is not
protruding from nose of fuze so that red stripe is visible. If fuze striker is
protruding so that red stripe is visible, fuze may be armed. Force applied
to nose of fuze may cause it to function. Remove cartridge to dud pit,
taking care not to strike nose of fuze, and notify EOD.
LOADING AND FIRING
WARNI NG

Firing overhead of unprotected troops is prohibited during training. In
combat, personnel should take cover whenever possible when mortars
are being fired over their heads. Refer to AR 385-63 for guidance.

Adequate fragmentation cover will be taken when firing cartridges for
distances less than 300 meters. During training, cartridge will be fired a
minimum distance of 300 meters. The mortar crew should consider
taking cover whenever possible when firing at charges 0 and 1.

Firing temperature limits for M720, M720A1, M721, M722, M722A1,
M767, M768, M888, and M1061 cartridges are -50°F to +145°F. Firing
temperature limits for M766 and M769 practice cartridges are 0°F to
+110°F. Temperature limits for all other cartridges are -40°F to +125°F.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-12

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
LOADING AND FIRING - Continued
WARNI NG

Before loading cartridge into cannon, ensure that all components are free
of sand, mud, moisture, frost, snow, ice, or other foreign matter.

1. Check to ensure that cartridge has proper amount of charge.

2. Ensure that safety wire/clip (if any) is removed before firing.

3. Refer to chapter 2 for loading and firing instructions.
UNFIRED CARTRIDGES
CAUTI ON
Replace upper safety pin first on PD M525 and M527 fuzes.

If safety pins cannot be fully inserted into fuze, notify EOD.

1. Replace safety wire if removed from fuze.

2. Reset fuze.

3. Re-install propellant increments so that cartridge has a full charge. Re-install
propelling charge support on all cartridge models originally packaged with
propelling charge supports.
NOTE
Do not mix propellant lots.

Replace packing clip on M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes. If packing clip
cannot be fully inserted into fuze, notify EOD.

4. Install packing stop (M720, M722, and M722A1 cartridges). Install packing clip on
M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes. Repack cartridge in original packaging.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-13 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
CARE AND HANDLING OF CARTRIDGES
WARNI NG

Do not fire unpacked ammunition which has been dropped, or packaged
ammunition which has been dropped from a height greater than one
meter. These cartridges will be returned to Ammunition Supply Point
(ASP) as unserviceable.

1. Do not throw or drop live ammunition.

2. Use proper tools to open ammo boxes and ammo containers.

3. Do not break moisture resistant seal of ammo containers until cartridges are to be
fired.

4. Protect cartridges when removed from ammo container. Protect ammunition from
rain and snow. Cover fin assembly and propelling charge with fiber container lid/end
cap. Stack cartridges on top of empty ammo boxes. Cover cartridges with plastic
sheets.

5. Protect ammunition from direct rays of the sun.

6. Store WP-loaded cartridges at temperatures below 111°F to prevent melting of the
WP filler. If this is not possible, WP-loaded cartridges must be stored fuze-end up so
that the WP will resolidify with the void space in the nose end of the cartridge (when
the temperature returns below 111°F). Failure to observe this precaution could
result in rounds with erratic flight.

7. Store WP-loaded munitions separate from other types of ammunition.

8. Notify EOD of leaking WP cartridges. Avoid contact with any leakers.

9. Do not handle duds.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-14

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
FUZES
Mechanical Time Superquick, M776 Fuze

SAFETY WI RE



Functions: Airburst/Impact
Settings: 6 to 52 seconds
Remarks: Fuze has a mechanical arming/timing device, expulsion charge, and safety
wire/pin.

Point Detonating, M745 Fuze




Functions: Impact
Settings: None
Remarks: Fuze functions on impact w/superquick action only. The markings (PRX,
NSB, IMP, and DLY) are dummy settings. Rotation of the fuze head does
not alter the function mode.

Multi-option, M734 Fuze




Functions: Prox/impact
Settings: Prox, near surface burst, impact, or 0.05 second delay action.
Remarks: Fuze is handsettable. See WP 0008 00 or WP 0009 00 for special
instructions.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-15 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
FUZES - Continued
Point Detonating, M935 and M936 Fuzes




Functions: Impact
Settings: Superquick or 0.05 second delay action (M936 fuze used on SQ setting only).
Remarks: Fuze has a safety wire.

Point Detonating, M525 and M527 Fuzes




Functions: Impact
Settings: None (superquick only)
Remarks: Fuzes have bore-riding pins and safety wires.

Time, M65 Series Fuze




Functions: Air burst
Settings: None (Fixed time)
Remarks: Fuze has a time train expelling charge and safety wire.

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-16

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
FUZES - Continued
Point Detonating, Practice, M775 or M779


Functions: Impact
Settings: Dummy Multi-option
PRX/NSB/IMP/DLY
Remarks: Fuze has a smoke charge and a safety/packing clip.

Multi-option, M734A1
6
0
8
1
P
R
X
1
2
0
P
R
X
D
L
Y
I M
P


Functions: Prox/Impact
Settings: Prox, impact, or 0.05 second delay action
60 81 PRX/120 PRX/IMP/DLY
Remarks: 60 81 PRX setting is for use with 60mm mortar cartridges. 120 PRX setting
is for use with 120mm mortar cartridges only. See WP 0008 00 or
WP 0009 00 for special instructions.

Point Detonating/Delay, M783
6
0
8
1
P
R
X
1
2
0
P
R
X
D
L
Y
I M
P


Functions: Impact
Settings: Superquick or 0.05 second delay action
IMP/DLY
Remarks: Fuze functions on impact with superquick action or 0.05 second delay.
60 81 PRX and 120 PRX are dummy settings.
TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-17 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
FUZE SETTING
M775 or M779 Point Detonating (Practice) Fuze


1. This fuze only functions superquick on impact.

2. Remove safety/packing clip from fuze just prior to firing.

3. This fuze has dummy multi-option PRX/NSB/IMP/DLY settings (for practice only).

Multi-option, M734A1
6
0
8
1
P
R
X
1
2
0
P
R
X
D
L
Y
I M
P


1. Fuze can be set by hand.

2. Set fuze by rotating fuze head (in clockwise direction) until correct marking (60 81
PRX, IMP, or DLY) is over index line. 120 PRX setting is for use with 120mm mortar
cartridges only, and is not to be used when firing 60mm ammunition.

Point Detonating/Delay, M783
6
0
8
1
P
R
X
1
2
0
P
R
X
D
L
Y
I M
P


1. Fuze can be set by hand.

2. Set fuze by rotating fuze head (in clockwise direction) until correct marking (IMP or
DLY) is over index line. 60 81 PRX and 120 PRX are dummy settings, for training
purposes only.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-18

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
FUZE SETTING - Continued
M734 Multi-option Fuze

HEAD
MARKI NGS
I NDEX LI NE



1. Fuzes can be set by hand.

2. Set fuze by rotating fuze head (in clockwise direction) until correct marking (PRX,
NSB, IMP, or DLY) is over index line.

3. Next illustration depicts burst types.





PRX - Proximity. The fuze comes set
to PRX. (Burst height is 3-13 ft)

NSB - Near Surface (nonjamming)
(Burst height is 0-3 ft)


IMP - Impact (SQ)



DLY - Delay (0.050 seconds)


TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-19 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
FUZE SETTING - Continued
M776 MTSQ Fuze

HEAD
SLOT
SAFETY WI RE
TRI ANGLE/
I NDEX LI NE
TI ME SCALE



1. Rotate head of the fuze to the left (counterclockwise direction) until the inverted
triangle/index line is lined up with the correct line and number of seconds of the
time scale.

2. Use fuze setter (p 0024 00-21) to rotate the head of the fuze.

3. See firing table for correct time setting.

4. Remove safety wire just prior to firing.

M745 PD Fuze




1. No setting required.

2. Fuze functions on impact with superquick action only. Disregard the markings
(PRX, NSB, IMP, and DLY) on the fuze head.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-20

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
FUZE SETTING - Continued
M935 and M936 PD Fuzes

SQ
D
SUPERQUI CK SETTING



1. Superquick setting

a. These fuzes are shipped pre-set to function superquick on impact.

b. Verify setting prior to firing. Selector slot should be aligned with SQ-mark on
ogive.


SQ
D
DELAY SETTI NG



2. Delay setting (for M935 fuzes only)

a. Turn selector slot in clockwise direction until slot is aligned with D-marking on
ogive.

b. Use a flat tip screwdriver to change settings.

TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-21 Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
FUZE WRENCH/SETTERS
Fuze Setter (Part No. 12929246)




1. Sets M776 MTSQ and DM93 Fuzes.

2. Engages the single slotted fuze head.
RESETTING FUZES

M776 MTSQ Fuze - Rotate fuze head counterclockwise until inverted
triangle/index line is lined up with "S" line.

M745 PD Fuze - No resetting required.

M734 Multi-option Fuze - Rotate fuze head (in counterclockwise direction) until PRX-
marking is over index line.

M734A1 Multi-option Fuze - Rotate fuze head (in counterclockwise direction) until 60 81
PRX marking is over index line.

M783 PD/Delay Fuze - For M768 HE Cartridge, rotate fuze head (in
counterclockwise direction) until 60 81 PRX marking is over
index line.
For M722A1 Smoke (WP) Cartridge, rotate fuze head (in
counterclockwise direction) until IMP marking is over index
line.

M935 PD Fuze - Align selector slot with SQ-marking.
TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0024 00-22

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
PROPELLING CHARGES


MODEL NO.
NO. OF
INCREMENTS
TYPE OF
CONTAINER
TYPE OF
PROPELLANT
M181 4 Cellophane bags M8 sheets

M182 4 Cellophane bags M8 sheets

M204 4 Nitrocellulose/
fiber containers
(horseshoe shaped)
M10 flake
M235 4 Nitrocellulose/
fiber containers
(horseshoe shaped)
M38 ball
M236 4 Nitrocellulose/
fiber containers
(horseshoe shaped)
M38 ball

ADJUSTMENT OF PROPELLING CHARGE
WARNI NG

Propelling charges are not interchangeable. Do not substitute one model
for another. Do not mix lots.

1. Cartridges are shipped with a complete propelling charge, ignition cartridge, and
primer.

2. Use firing table to determine proper charge for firing.


TM 9-1010-223-10
0024 00-23/24 blank Change 7

AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION - Continued 0024 00
ADJUSTMENT OF PROPELLING CHARGE - Continued
3. With the exception of M766 TP cartridge and M69 training cartridge, reduce charge
by removing proper number of propellant increments. Following chart shows
number of increments that should be remaining.

Charge 0- Ignition cartridge only
Charge 1- Ignition cartridge and one increment
Charge 2- Ignition cartridge and two increments
Charge 3- Ignition cartridge and three increments
Charge 4- Ignition cartridge and four increments
WARNI NG

Failure to reposition M204, M235, and M236 propelling charge
increments could result in a short round.





4. Slide remaining increments towards rear, until positioned against fins (M720,
M720A1, M721, M722, M722A1, M767, M768, M769, M888, and M1061 cartridges
only).

5. Reduce range of M766 TP cartridge by removing plastic plugs from projectile body.
The following chart shows number of plugs that should be remaining.

Charge 0 - Ignition cartridge only
Charge 1 - Ignition cartridge and one plug
Charge 2 - Ignition cartridge and two plugs
Charge 3 - Ignition cartridge and three plugs

6. Place excess increments in an empty ammo box for protection. Close lid of box during
firing to prevent accidental ignition from burning debris/residue.






TM 9-1010-223-10
0025 00-1 Change 7

MARINE CORPS INVENTORY SHEET 0025 00

NOTE
Commanders will maintain sufficient quantity to support mission
requirements.

INVENTORY SHEET
NAME OF EQUIPMENT M224 60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR

QTY
UNIT USED
ITEM STOCK ITEM OF IN MONTH
NO. NUMBER IDENTIFICATION MEAS UNIT REMARKS
1 6810-00-201-0906 ALCOHOL,
DENATURED
PT AR
2 8105-00-269-4662 BAG, PLASTIC EA AR
3 8105-00-285-4744 BAG, SAND HD 1
4 2540-00-670-2459 BAG ASSEMBLY,
PAMPHLET
EA 1
5 1010-01-043-7504 BASEPLATE, MORTAR,
M7
EA 1
6 1010-01-043-4661 BASEPLATE, MORTAR,
M8
EA 1
7 7510-00-889-3494 BINDER, LOOSE-LEAF EA 1
8 1010-01-521-1614 BIPOD, 60MM MORTAR,
M170
EA 1
9 0000-00-005-9811 BOOK, WEAPONS
RECORD
EA 1
10 1240-00-152-3512 BORESIGHT (W/E),
M45A1, OPTICAL
EA AR
11 1240-01-058-7460 BORESIGHT, M115,
OPTICAL
EA AR
12 8020-00-201-1870 BRUSH, ARTIST EA 1
13 1010-01-044-1867 BRUSH, CLEANING,
ARTILLERY
EA 1
14 7920-00-205-2401 BRUSH, CLEANING
TOOL
EA AR
15 8020-00-242-7266 BRUSH, PAINT EA AR
16 DELETED
17 CANNON, 60MM
MORTAR, M225
EA 1

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0025 00-2

MARINE CORPS INVENTORY SHEET - Continued 0025 00

INVENTORY SHEET
NAME OF EQUIPMENT M224 60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR

QTY
UNIT USED
ITEM STOCK ITEM OF IN MONTH
NO. NUMBER IDENTIFICATION MEAS UNIT REMARKS
18 1290-01-043-8288 CASE, AIMING POST EA 1
19 DELETED
20 6650-01-521-9875 CASE, SIGHT UNIT EA 1
20.1 6675-01-067-0687 CIRCLE, AIMING, M2A2 EA 1
20.2 9150-01-193-6376 CLEANER, LUBRICANT,
PRESERVATIVE
CN 1
21 6850-00-224-6663 CLEANING
COMPOUND,
RIFLE BORE
CN AR
22 6850-00-392-9751 CLEANING
COMPOUND,
OPTICAL LENS
OZ AR
23 6850-00-597-9765 CLEANING
COMPOUND,
SOLVENT
CN AR
24 5350-00-221-0872 CLOTH, ABRASIVE PG AR
25 1290-00-930-4260 COMPASS, MAGNETIC,
UNMOUNTED M2
EA 1
26 1240-01-043-7502 COVER, FIRE CONTROL EA 1
27 1010-01-048-1420 COVER, GUN MUZZLE EA 1
28 DELETED
29 1390-01-326-0675 FUZE SETTER, MTSQ EA 1
30 9150-01-197-7689 GREASE, AUTOMOTIVE LB AR
30.1 4240-01-538-7970 HEARING
PROTECTION,
HEADSET
EA AR
31 5340-00-257-1033 HOOK, ARTILLERY,
CLEANING
EA 1
32 9905-00-257-2746 INSTRUCTION DECAL EA AR
32.1 5120-00-198-5400 KEY, SOCKET HEAD
(0.035)
EA 1
33 1290-00-169-1934 LIGHT, AIMING POST,
M58
EA 2

TM 9-1010-223-10
0025 00-3 Change 7

MARINE CORPS INVENTORY SHEET - Continued 0025 00

INVENTORY SHEET
NAME OF EQUIPMENT M224 60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR

QTY
UNIT USED
ITEM STOCK ITEM OF IN MONTH
NO. NUMBER IDENTIFICATION MEAS UNIT REMARKS
34 1290-00-169-1935 LIGHT, AIMING POST,
M59
EA 1
35 9150-00-231-2361 LUBRICATING OIL,
GENERAL PURPOSE
CN AR
36 9150-00-292-9689 LUBRICATING OIL,
WEAPON
CN AR
37 8415-01-092-0039 MITTEN, HEAT
PROTECTIVE
EA 1
38 6650-01-340-6082 MOUNT, TELESCOPE EA 1
39 4930-00-537-8977 OILER, HAND EA 1
40 6640-00-285-4694 PAPER, LENS EA AR
41 1220-01-059-7989 PLOTTING BOARD, M19 EA 1
42 8010-01-229-7546 POLYURETHANE
COATING
QT AR
43 1290-01-046-8320 POST, AIMING, M14 EA 8
44 7920-00-205-1711 RAG, WIPING LB AR
45 1220-01-045-4965 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
EA 1
45.1 1220-01-519-8295 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
EA 1
45.2 1220-01-394-8225 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
EA 1
45.3 1220-01-461-8827 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
EA 1
45.4 1220-01-394-1373 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
EA 1
45.5 1220-01-569-3170 SCALE, GRAPHICAL
FIRING TABLE
EA 1
46 5120-00-820-2995 SCREWDRIVER, CROSS
TIP
EA 1
47 5120-00-278-1269 SCREWDRIVER, FLAT-
TIP
EA 1


TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 7 0025 00-4

MARINE CORPS INVENTORY SHEET - Continued 0025 00

INVENTORY SHEET
NAME OF EQUIPMENT M224 60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR

QTY
UNIT USED
ITEM STOCK ITEM OF IN MONTH
NO. NUMBER IDENTIFICATION MEAS UNIT REMARKS
48 SIGHT UNIT, M67 EA 1
49 1005-00-312-7177 SLING, SMALL ARMS EA 1
50 1010-00-225-4906 STAFF, SECTION
CLEANING
EA 1
51 1010-01-043-8195 STAKE, DRIVING,
AIMING POST
EA 1
52 7510-00-266-6712 TAPE, PRESSURE
SENSITIVE ADHESIVE
YD AR
53 6650-01-341-5195 TELESCOPE, ELBOW,
OPTICAL DEVICE
EA 1
54 8010-00-181-8080 THINNER, SYNTHETIC CN AR
55 TM 9-1010-223-10

EA 1


TM 9-1010-223-10
1 Change 7

INDEX

Subject WP Sequence No. - Page No.

A

Additional Authorization List (AAL) ....................................... 0022 00-1
Adjustment of Propelling Charge............................................. 0024 00-22
Ammunition Marking Information.......................................... 0024 00-1
Assembly and Preparation for Firing – Conventional Mode .. 0005 00-1
Assembly and Preparation for Firing – Hand-held Mode....... 0006 00-1
Authorized Cartridges .............................................................. 0024 00-1

B

Boresighting.............................................................................. 0005 00-9

C

Care and Cleaning of Optical Parts ......................................... 0019 00-1
Care and Handling of Cartridges............................................. 0024 00-13
Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items
(BII) Lists ............................................................................. 0021 00-1
Cookoff....................................................................................... 0010 00-1
Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) ................................ 0001 00-2

D

Description and Use of Operator Controls and Indicators ..... 0004 00-1
Destruction of Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use ...................... 0001 00-3
Differences Between Modes ..................................................... 0002 00-3
Drop Fire Method ..................................................................... 0003 00-1

E

Emplacement of Mortar (Conventional Mode) ........................ 0005 00-1
Emplacing Aiming Posts for Indirect Fire............................... 0007 00-1
Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities, and Features......... 0002 00-1
Equipment Data........................................................................ 0002 00-4
Equipment Description and Data ............................................ 0002 00-1
Expendable and Durable Items List ........................................ 0023 00-1

F

Fuze Setting.............................................................................. 0024 00-17
Fuze Wrench/Setters ................................................................ 0024 00-21
Fuzes ......................................................................................... 0024 00-14

TM 9-1010-223-10
Change 5 2

INDEX - CONTINUED

Subject WP Sequence No. - Page No.

G

General Information................................................................. 0001 00-1

H

Hangfire .................................................................................... 0010 00-1

I

Installation of M67 Sight Unit ................................................. 0005 00-5

L

Loading and Firing – Ammunition .......................................... 0024 00-11
Loading and Firing – Conventional Mode ............................... 0008 00-1
Loading and Firing – Hand-held Mode.................................... 0009 00-1
Location and Description of Major Components ..................... 0002 00-1
Lubrication Instructions........................................................... 0017 00-2

M

Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports............................. 0001 00-1
Maintenance Procedures .......................................................... 0018 00-1
Marine Corps Inventory Sheet................................................. 0025 00-1
Misfire ....................................................................................... 0010 00-1
Misfire Procedure – Conventional Mode ................................. 0010 00-1
Misfire Procedure – Hand-held Mode...................................... 0011 00-1
Model Number and Equipment Name..................................... 0001 00-1

O

Operating Procedures – Emplacing Aiming Posts for
Indirect Fire ......................................................................... 0007 00-1
Operating Procedures – Loading and Firing
Conventional Mode .............................................................. 0008 00-1
Hand-held Mode................................................................... 0009 00-1
Operation Under Unusual Conditions..................................... 0014 00-1

TM 9-1010-223-10
3/4 blank Change 7

INDEX - CONTINUED

Subject WP Sequence No. - Page No.

P

Preparation for Firing .............................................................. 0024 00-10
Preparation for Movement – Conventional Mode ................... 0012 00-1
One Man Carry .................................................................... 0012 00-1
Three Man Carry ................................................................. 0012 00-7
Two Man Carry .................................................................... 0012 00-5
Preparation for Movement – Hand-held Mode........................ 0013 00-1
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS),
Including Lubrication Instructions..................................... 0017 00-1
Introduction.......................................................................... 0017 00-1
Lubrication Chart ................................................................ 0017 00-2
Lubrication Instructions...................................................... 0017 00-2
PMCS Procedures ................................................................ 0017 00-3
Propelling Charges ................................................................... 0024 00-22
Purpose of Equipment .............................................................. 0001 00-1

R

References ................................................................................. 0020 00-1
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations
(EIR) ..................................................................................... 0001 00-2
Resetting Fuzes......................................................................... 0024 00-21

S

Scope.......................................................................................... 0001 00-1
60MM, M224 Lightweight Company Mortar Maintenance.... 0018 00-1

T

Theory of Operation.................................................................. 0003 00-1
Trigger Fire Method ................................................................. 0003 00-3
Tritium (H3) Safety, Care, and Handling ................................ 0001 00-3
Troubleshooting – Introduction................................................ 0015 00-1
Troubleshooting Procedures..................................................... 0016 00-1
Type of Manual ......................................................................... 0001 00-1

U

Unfired Cartridges.................................................................... 0024 00-12































































PIN: 048819-007





By Order of the Secretary of the Army:


DENNIS J. REIMER
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff










05348




DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial
Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM
9-1010-223-10.





✰ ✰✰ ✰U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE:1998-746-025/80096


RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool
Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals
(SC/SM).
DATE


TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 ROCK ARSENAL
ROCK ISLAND, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)


PART I- ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

TM 9-1010-223-10
DATE

TITLE
Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company
Mortar, 60MM, M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-
5626)
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARA-
GRAPH
LINE
NO.*
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).

1

0017 00-3


Change to read “Borescope every 100 rounds when firing subcaliber training rounds (M3 Sabot)



























*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE



TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS
EXTENSION




SIGNATURE



DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED USAPPC V3.00


TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in
publication)



FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 9-1010-223-10

DATE


TITLE

Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar,
60MM, M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626)


PAGE
NO.

COLM
NO.

LINE
NO.

NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER

REFERENCE
NO.

FIGURE
NO.

ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED


RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of
publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space
is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool
Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals
(SC/SM).
DATE


TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 ROCK ARSENAL
ROCK ISLAND, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)


PART I- ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

TM 9-1010-223-10
DATE

TITLE
Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company
Mortar, 60MM, M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-
5626)
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARA-
GRAPH
LINE
NO.*
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).






























*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE



TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS
EXTENSION




SIGNATURE



DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in
publication)



FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 9-1010-223-10

DATE


TITLE

Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar,
60MM, M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626)


PAGE
NO.

COLM
NO.

LINE
NO.

NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER

REFERENCE
NO.

FIGURE
NO.

ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED


RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of
publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space
is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool
Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals
(SC/SM).
DATE


TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 ROCK ARSENAL
ROCK ISLAND, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)


PART I- ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

TM 9-1010-223-10
DATE

TITLE
Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company
Mortar, 60MM, M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-
5626)
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARA-
GRAPH
LINE
NO.*
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).






























*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE



TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS
EXTENSION




SIGNATURE



DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in
publication)



FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 9-1010-223-10

DATE


TITLE

Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar,
60MM, M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626)


PAGE
NO.

COLM
NO.

LINE
NO.

NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER

REFERENCE
NO.

FIGURE
NO.

ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED


RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of
publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space
is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool
Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals
(SC/SM).
DATE


TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)

AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 ROCK ARSENAL
ROCK ISLAND, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)


PART I- ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER

TM 9-1010-223-10
DATE

TITLE
Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company
Mortar, 60MM, M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-
5626)
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARA-
GRAPH
LINE
NO.*
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).






























*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE



TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS
EXTENSION




SIGNATURE



DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED USAPPC V3.00
048819-002

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in
publication)



FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER

TM 9-1010-223-10

DATE


TITLE

Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar,
60MM, M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626)


PAGE
NO.

COLM
NO.

LINE
NO.

NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER

REFERENCE
NO.

FIGURE
NO.

ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED


RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of
publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space
is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE






















































PIN: 048819-000

TM 9-1010-223-10

WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during operation and maintenance of this equipment. Failure to observe these precautions could result in serious injury or death to personnel. Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within the technical manual. FIRST AID For information on first aid, see FM 4-25.11, First Aid. ACCIDENTS AND MALFUNCTION REPORTS (Marine Corps Only) Accidents involving injury to personnel or damage to the equipment will be reported in accordance with current edition of MCO P5102.1_ (Ground Mishaps Report). EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS EAR PROTECTION - Headphones over ears shows that noise level will harm ears. EXPLOSION - Rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected to high temperatures, sources of ignition, or high pressure. WEAPON FIRE - Weapon may accidentally discharge causing severe injury or death.

a

Change 7

TM 9-1010-223-10

WARNING SUMMARY- Continued
GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION WARNING

LOADING AND FIRING Firing site must have mask clearance and no overhead obstructions. Firing over the heads of unprotected troops is prohibited during training. In combat, personnel should take cover whenever possible when mortars are being fired over their heads. Refer to AR 385-63 for guidance. Adequate fragmentation cover will be taken when firing cartridges for distances less than 300 meters. During training, cartridges will be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters. The mortar crew should consider taking cover whenever possible when firing at charges 0 and 1. To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death, cover the mortar cartridges prior to firing to prevent sand, dust, dirt, mud, snow, ice, and any other debris from getting into the fuze turbine. To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death, mortar cartridges should not be fired into sand or dust storms or heavy snow or ice storms except in a combat emergency. To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death, do not fire any mortar cartridge that has sand, dust, dirt, mud, snow, ice, or any other debris in the turbine inlet. Selector should be at S (safe) except when firing. Misalignment of safe detent position on firing selector will cause a malfunction, which may accidentally arm the mortar and can cause an unintentional discharge of round. Injury or death may occur. Trigger firing with an unseated baseplate in the conventional mode is prohibited. Trigger fire only at charge 0 or 1, with either baseplate. Short rounds may occur if an excessive amount of oil or water is in barrel during firing.

Change 7

b

M721 cartridge: 4. In hand-held mode. M1061 cartridge: charge one WARNING LOADING AND FIRING Loading a mortar weapon with two men alternating can be very dangerous and could prove fatal. M83 series cartridge: charge two 8. Even with one-man loading. place baseplate against solid object when: 1. Firing at range more than 300 meters for charge zero. it is imperative that there be absolute certainty that the previous round has left the mortar tube before a new round is dropped in. For this reason. M769 cartridge: charge one charge three 6. M720A1/M768 cartridge: charge one charge one 3. Firing at ranges of more than 950 meters for charge one. This is especially true in rapid fire exercises. 2. M49A4 cartridge: 7. M722/M722A1 cartridge: charge one 5. The mortar could slip if precautions are not observed and personnel injury or death could result. In hand-held mode DO NOT fire with any charge greater than the following: 1. The commander (or his appointee) should keep careful watch for misfire and double loading. M720/M888 cartridge: charge one 2.Continued WARNING LOADING AND FIRING For M1061 cartridge: DO NOT fire in hand-held mode with single ball range indicator. c Change 7 .Continued GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION . M302A1 cartridge: charge two 9.TM 9-1010-223-10 WARNING SUMMARY. double loading can occur.

Place selector lever on S and proceed with the remainder of the misfire procedure in this manual. M767.50°F to + 145°F. stand on either side.TM 9-1010-223-10 WARNING SUMMARY. do not attempt to trigger fire the mortar. and M1061 cartridges are . To avoid personnel injury. Firing temperature limits for M766 and M769 practice cartridges are 0°F to +110°F. M888. WARNING AMMUNITION Firing temperature limits for M720. Propelling charges are not interchangeable. Round could detonate and result in personnel injury or death. Do not mix lots. M768. never allow breech cap end of cannon tube to go below horizontal position until the round is removed. Do not look into cannon or try to force a cartridge down the bore.Continued WARNING MISFIRE If misfire occurs with an unseated baseplate in the conventional mode. To avoid personnel injury or death. or packaged ammunition which has been dropped from a height greater than one meter.Continued GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION . M722. Do not substitute one model for another. M721. After lifting mortar out of baseplate. Change 7 d . These cartridges will be returned to Ammunition Supply Point (ASP) as unserviceable. Never attempt to remove a misfired round from a hot cannon. Do not fire unpacked ammunition which has been dropped. M722A1. never stand behind or in front of the tube. Temperature limits for all other cartridges are 40°F to +125°F. never put hands in front of the muzzle opening. M720A1.

Inspect M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes to ensure that fuze striker is not protruding from nose of fuze so that red stripe is visible. • If firing any M720A1.TM 9-1010-223-10 WARNING SUMMARY. If fuze striker is protruding so that red stripe is visible. • Head positions should be below the muzzle when a round is fired. Force applied to nose of fuze may cause it to function.Continued GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION . no more than 100 rounds per day may be fired by the crew. e Change 7 . Hearing loss is a certainty for those not using hearing protection properly. the total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 76. If firing the M1061 cartridge at charge 4. M768. taking care not to strike nose of fuze. and notify EOD. Significant damage can occur even for a single. fuze may be armed.Continued WARNING AMMUNITION Propelling charge increments should be positioned as close to fin as possible to avoid a short round. Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD). • All personnel within 78 meters of the firing position must wear single hearing protection during all firings. Check fuze for presence of bore-riding pin after removing safety pin. the total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 130. Do not fire cartridge if bore-riding pin is missing. Do not fire cartridges if fuze makes a buzzing sound when removing safety pins. Under these conditions. • The Gunner and Assistant Gunner will use single hearing protection while maintaining a head position at least one meter to the side and one meter or more to the rear of the muzzle. Remove cartridge to dud pit. WARNING HEARING CONSERVATION The 60-mm mortar poses a significant risk of hearing loss. • All 60-mm mortar crewmen must be trained in the proper use of both types of hearing protection and checked by appropriate medical personnel to ensure proper fit of earplugs. M525 and M527 PD fuzes. or M769 cartridges at charge 4. unprotected exposure.

RADIATION . VAPOR . EYE PROTECTION .Continued EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS CHEMICAL . Use only in a well ventilated area. FIRE .Human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present danger to life or health. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DESCRIPTION WARNING PAINT THINNERS Paint thinners are flammable and toxic.TM 9-1010-223-10 WARNING SUMMARY.Person with goggles shows that the material will injure the eyes.Flame shows that a material will ignite and cause burns.Drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue. Do not use near an open flame. Change 7 f .Three circular wedges shows that the material emits radioactive energy and can injure human tissue.

and Handling" in WP 0001 00. contact the TACOM-RI Safety Office during regular duty hours at DSN 793-2965/4594. ● Eating.TM 9-1010-223-10 WARNING SUMMARY. or smoking is NOT allowed in tritium device maintenance areas. drinking. ● Immediately report any suspected lost or damaged items to your Local Radiation Safety Officer (LRSO). See "Tritium (H3) Safety. If your LRSO cannot be reached. ● Arms rooms are not authorized work areas for the range indicator or any other radioactive mortar component. ● All personnel who operate and/or maintain fire control equipment must be aware of the special precautions to control exposure to tritium. LRSO:____________________________ Phone:______________________________ g/h blank Change 7 . Care. Range Indicator. 309-782-2965/4594. and M58/M59 Aiming Post Lights contain radioactive tritium gas in sealed source form. Exposure to tritium gas is a potential ionizing radiation hazard.Continued WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) The M67/M64/M64A1 Sight Units.Continued EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS .

.

1 Rock Island Arsenal. MARINE CORPS PUBLICATION CONTROL NUMBER: 18408206100 . File this sheet in front of the manual for reference. Government agencies and their contractors.C. 3. 15 September 1998. TM 9-1010-223-10. ATTN: AMSTA-LCLMPP / TECH PUBS. UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS WASHINGTON. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document. 7 HEADQUARTERS. 15 April 2010 OPERATOR'S MANUAL LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR 60MM. D.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY HEADQUARTERS. IL 61299-7630. Rock Island. ARMY: Other requests for this document will be referred to TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. D. as determined 16 September 1994. is updated as follows: 1. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.C. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the updated area. 2. Washington. Distribution authorized to U. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. DESTRUCTION NOTICE. 20380-0001. MARINE CORPS: Requests for this document will be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD).ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A CHANGE NO.. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes.

Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. Work Package Number WP 0001 00 WP 0002 00 WP 0007 00 WP 0008 00 WP 0009 00 WP 0012 00 WP 0016 00 WP 0017 00 WP 0021 00 WP 0022 00 WP 0023 00 WP 0024 00 WP 0025 00 . Replace the following work packages with the revised versions. Remove Pages a through d A/B blank i and ii 1 through 3/4 blank (Index) Insert Pages a through g/h blank A/B blank i and ii 1 through 3/4 blank (Index) 5.4.

. SHOCKEY Director. MARINE CORPS DISTRIBUTION: PCN: 18408206100. General. CASEY. JR. MORROW Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 1008505 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10. Program Support Marine Corps Systems Command Official: JOYCE E. P. United States Army Chief of Staff R.By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps: GEORGE W.

.

TM 9-1010-223-10. 6 HEADQUARTERS. Army: Other requests for this document shall be referred to: U. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the updated area.S. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference. 30 April 2008 OPERATOR'S MANUAL LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR 60MM. 2. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. 3. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY HEADQUARTERS. D. 1 Rock Island Arsenal. Marine Corps PCN 18408106100-6 . Remove Pages a through d A/B blank i and ii 3/4 blank Front Cover Insert Pages a through d A/B blank i and ii 3/4 blank Front Cover 4. 20380-0001. Distribution authorized to U. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD). Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. is updated as follows: 1. Government agencies and their contractors. IL 61299-7630. D. Washington. 15 September 1998.. S.ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A CHANGE NO. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Rock Island. ATTN: AMSTA-LCLMPP / TECH PUBS.C.C. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page. as determined 16 September 1994. UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS WASHINGTON.

SHOCKEY Director. CASEY. . P. United States Army Chief of Staff R. General. JR. Program Support Marine Corps Systems Command Official: JOYCE E. Work Package Number WP 0001 00 WP 0002 00 WP 0008 00 WP 0009 00 WP 0020 00 WP 0024 00 By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps: GEORGE W. MORROW Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0810002 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.5. Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.

New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. IL 61299-7630. D.ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A CHANGE NO. TACOM-ROCK ISLAND. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD).C. 15 September 1998. 5 HEADQUARTERS. Washington. D. Government agencies and their contractors. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. TM 9-1010-223-10. as determined 16 September 1994. Army: Other requests for this document shall be referred to ATTN: AMSTA-LC-LPIT. 3. 18 February 2006 OPERATOR'S MANUAL LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR 60MM. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY HEADQUARTERS. 2.S. Distribution authorized to U. 1 Rock Island Arsenal. Remove Pages a through d A/B blank i and ii 1 and 2 (Index) Front Cover Insert Pages a through d A/B blank i and ii 1 and 2 (Index) Front Cover .C. 20380-0001. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the updated area. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes. UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS WASHINGTON. is updated as follows: 1. 4. Rock Island.

P. Work Package Number WP 0001 00 WP 0002 00 WP 0004 00 WP 0005 00 WP 0007 00 WP 0009 00 WP 0010 00 WP 0012 00 WP 0016 00 WP 0017 00 WP 0020 00 WP 0021 00 WP 0024 00 WP 0025 00 By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps: PETER J. RILEY Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0527208 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10. Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.5. SHOCKEY Director. . United States Army Chief of Staff R. Program Support Marine Corps Systems Command Official: SANDRA R. SCHOOMAKER General.

ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A CHANGE NO. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes. D. UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS WASHINGTON D. Army: Other requests for this document shall be referred to ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.S. 20380-0001.C. 4. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Washington.C. 3. IL 61299-7630. TM 9-1010-223-10. TACOM-ROCK ISLAND. Work Package Number WP 0002 00 WP 0024 00 .. Government agencies and their contractors. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY HEADQUARTERS. 4 HEADQUARTERS. as determined 16 September 1994. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the updated area. 03 NOVEMBER 2004 OPERATOR'S MANUAL LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR 60MM. Remove Pages A/B blank 1 and 2 (Index) 5. 1 Rock Island Arsenal. 2. is updated as follows: 1. 15 September 1998. Rock Island. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD). Distribution authorized to U. Insert Pages A/B blank 1 and 2 (Index) Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.

United States Army Chief of Staff R. P. Program Support Marine Corps Systems Command 0413402 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10. . SHOCKEY Director.By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps: PETER J. SCHOOMAKER General.

UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS WASHINGTON. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference. Work Package Number WP 0008 00 WP 0009 00 WP 0024 00 . TM 9-1010-223-10. 3. Insert Pages a through d A/B blank 1 through 3/4 blank (Index) Replace the following work packages with the revised versions.C. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY HEADQUARTERS.C. 2. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. 08 January 2004 OPERATOR'S MANUAL LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR 60MM. 4. D. Rock Island. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page. Government agencies and their contractors.. TACOM-ROCK ISLAND. is updated as follows: 1. IL 61299-7630. D.ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A CHANGE NO. 20380-0001. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD). Army: Other requests for this document shall be referred to ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT. 3 HEADQUARTERS.S. Distribution authorized to U. as determined 16 September 1994. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes. Washington. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. Remove Pages a through d A/B blank 1 through 3/4 blank (Index) 5. 1 Rock Island Arsenal. 15 September 1998. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the updated area.

United States Army Chief of Staff R. . Program Support Marine Corps Systems Command 0331603 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10. P.By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps: PETER J. SCHOOMAKER General. SHOCKEY Director.

as determined 16 September 1994. Work Package Number WP 0017 00 WP 0023 00 WP 0024 00 . IL 61299-7630. 01 AUGUST 2001 OPERATOR'S MANUAL LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR 60MM. Distribution authorized to U. 3. Remove Pages A/B blank 2028s Insert Pages A/B blank 2028s 5. Rock Island. is updated as follows: 1. UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS WASHINGTON.S. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD). Army: Other requests for this document shall be referred to ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT. 2 HEADQUARTERS.ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A CHANGE NO. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes. 15 September 1998. 20380-0001. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.C. D. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Washington. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY HEADQUARTERS. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference. 1 Rock Island Arsenal. TACOM-RI. Government agencies and their contractors. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the updated area. 2.. TM 9-1010-223-10. 4. Replace the following work packages with its revised version.C. D.

United States Army Chief of Staff R. Program Support Marine Corps Systems Command 0118303 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps: ERIC K. P. SHOCKEY Director. . SHINSEKI General.

4.ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS TM 08206A-10/1A CHANGE NO. Changed illustrations are indicated by a miniature pointing hand adjacent to the updated area.S. TM 9-1010-223-10. 15 September 1998. Rock Island. UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS WASHINGTON. 15 September 2000 OPERATOR'S MANUAL LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR 60MM. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY HEADQUARTERS. Remove Pages a through d A/B blank i and ii 1 through 3/4 blank (Index) 2028s Front Cover Insert Pages a through d A/B blank i and ii 1 through 3/4 blank (Index) 2028s Front Cover 5. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.C. Distribution authorized to U. New or updated text is indicated by a vertical bar in the outer margin of the page.C. Army Tank-automotive and Armaments Command. is updated as follows: 1. D. Washington. 2. Work Package Number WP 0024 00 . M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C.S. Marine Corps: Requests for this document must be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD). ATTN: AMSTA-LC-CIP-WT. Army: Other requests for this document shall be referred to: Commander. 3. IL 61299-7630.. Government agencies and their contractors. D. U. 20380-0001. File this sheet in front of the manual for reference. as determined 16 September 1994. Replace the following work package with its revised version. 1 HEADQUARTERS.

United States Army Chief of Staff R. Program Support Marine Corps Systems Command 0020309 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10.By Order of the Secretary of the Army and Commandant of the Marine Corps: ERIC K. . SHINSEKI General. SHOCKEY Director. P.

......... 5 0 7 0 7 0 6 7 7 5 7 0 * Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package.... WP 0013 00 .....WP 0019 00 ............................................ 7 ........ 2 (Index) .................................... 3 ......................WP 0017 00 ........ WP 0007 00 ........ *Revision No...... 3 (Index) .................. WP 0003 00 ........... h blank Added .......... WP 0011 00 ........... WP 0016 00 .......... Change ............. WP 0018 00 ........... Change ............ Cover .. A.... 6 7 7 7 7 2 7 0 7 0 5 0 7 Page / WP No..........................................................................WP 0005 00 ........... Change .............. Change .. WP 0001 00 .........WP 0025 00 .................... A/B blank Change 7 .......... B blank ................WP 0015 00 ........ 1 (Index) .......... WP 0020 00 .............WP 0002 00 ...... 15 Sept 98 15 Sept 00 1 Aug 01 8 Jan 03 3 Nov 04 18 Feb 06 30 Apr 08 15 Apr 10 TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 42 AND TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 25 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: Page / WP No................. 1 ........... *Revision No......TM 9-1010-223-10 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES / WORK PACKAGES Date of issue for original pages / work packages is: Original Change ............. WP 0012 00 .WP 0009 00 .... e through g Added... ii...................... 0 ... 4 ............ 5 ...................... WP 0004 00 ..... a through d....... Change ................................ WP 0006 00 .............. 6 .................... i . WP 0010 00 .. 4 blank (Index)...... Change ............. 2 ... WP 0021 00 ....

.

Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. as determined 16 September 1994.TM 9-1010-223-10 *ARMY TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS TM 08206-10/1A HEADQUARTERS.C. A reply will be furnished to you. GA 31704-1128. IL 61299-7630.army. D. 15 September 1998 OPERATOR'S MANUAL LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR 60MM. The DA Form 2028 is located under the Public Applications section of the AEPS Public Home Page.S. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Rock Island. If you find any errors. ATTN: AMSTA-LCLMPP / TECH PUBS.ria. ARMY: Other requests for this document will be referred to TACOM Life Cycle Management Command.army. Distribution authorized to U. 814 Radford Blvd.mil. ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP / TECH PUBS.. 1 Rock Island Arsenal. or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to U. The fax number is DSN 793-0726 or Commercial (309) 782-0726. Marine Corps users/maintainers should also provide an informational copy to: Commander. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY HEADQUARTERS. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. by e-mail (COMMARCORLOGBASES_853SMB@ILS853@MCLB ALBANY) (provide information normally on NAVMC 10772). 2033 Barnett Ave. This publication is required for administration and operational purposes. Marine Corps Logistics Bases (Code 850). please let us know. i Change 7 . IL 61299-7630. including all changes. or by naval message (in any format.C.mil. on the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website. Washington. or if you would like to recommend any improvements to the procedures in this publication. ATTN: CBGI. Using this form on the AEPS will enable us to respond quicker to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028 program. Government agencies and their contractors.S. Quantico.daform2028@us. UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS Washington. The preferred method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) through the Internet. Commercial (912) 439-6439). 1 Rock Island Arsenal. 20380-0001. VA 22314-5010. DESTRUCTION NOTICE. The e-mail address is tacomlcmc. D. Recommended changes may be sent by fax (DSN 567-6439. Marine Corps users submit NAVMC 10772 to: Commander. You may also mail. Rock Island. The Internet address is https://aeps. Albany. Marine Corps System Command. MARINE CORPS: Requests for this document will be referred to: Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARD). e-mail. only one publication per message). *This manual supersedes TM 9-1010-223-10 dated 18 December 1987. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this manual. Suite 315.

.............Conventional Mode ............................................ Including Lubrication Instructions....... Care and Cleaning of Optical Parts .....................Conventional Mode ........ Troubleshooting Procedures ..Hand-held Mode ..................... Assembly and Preparation for Firing .....Hand-held Mode... Loading and Firing ... Preparation for Movement ...................................... Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (BII) Lists ............. INDEX 0001 00 0002 00 0003 00 0004 00 0005 00 0006 00 0007 00 0008 00 0009 00 0010 00 0011 00 0012 00 0013 00 0014 00 0015 00 0016 00 0017 00 0018 00 0019 00 0020 00 0021 00 0022 00 0023 00 0024 00 0025 00 ii ................................................................................. Ammunition Marking Information ......TM 9-1010-223-10 TABLE OF CONTENTS WP Sequence No......................................... M224 Lightweight Company Mortar Maintenance .......................................................... CHAPTER 4 ..........OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS Description and Use of Operator Controls and Indicators.........................................SUPPORTING INFORMATION References ............... CHAPTER 2 ...........................TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Introduction.............................................................................................................. 60MM.. Assembly and Preparation for Firing ............ Equipment Description and Data ............................................................. Expendable and Durable Items List ... Operation under Unusual Conditions......................................................................................................................................................... CHAPTER 3 ........................................................... Preparation for Movement ............................... WARNING SUMMARY CHAPTER 1 ............................Hand-held Mode....................................................................... CHAPTER 5 ........................... Misfire Procedure ....................MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS).............................Hand-held Mode...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Conventional Mode .......................................INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION WITH THEORY OF OPERATION General Information .................... Emplacing Aiming Posts for Indirect Fire .... Theory of Operation ...................... Loading and Firing .......................................................................... Additional Authorization List (AAL) .Conventional Mode ..................................................................... Misfire Procedure . Marine Corps Inventory Sheet (Marine Corps Only)....

TM 9-1010-223-10 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION WITH THEORY OF OPERATION .

.

L IG H T W E IG H T C O M P A N Y M O R T A R .TM 9-1010-223-10 GENERAL INFORMATION 0001 00 SCOPE C A N N O N M 2 2 5 C A N N O N M 2 2 5 S IG H T U N IT M 6 7 B A S E P L A T E M 8 B IP O D M 1 7 0 B A S E P L A T E M 7 6 0 M M Type of Manual Operator's. M224. MAINTENANCE FORMS. AND REPORTS Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA PAM 750-8. Ground Equipment Record Procedures. and procedures used for equipment maintenance as prescribed by TM 4700-15/1. Marine Corps users/maintainers will use the forms. The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual. RECORDS. M 2 2 4 Model Number and Equipment Name 60mm Lightweight Company Mortar. Purpose of Equipment The M224 Mortar is used to provide high-angle fire for close-in support of ground troops. 0001 00-1 Change 7 . Marine Corps personnel refer to the on-line MCPDS or Marine Corps Stocklist SL-1-2 Index of Technical Publications. records.

814 Radford Blvd. FAX: DSN 567-5631. CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC) Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. swelling. USMC Military Incentives Award Program. submit a Product Quality Deficiency Report (PDQR) SF 368 in accordance with MCO 4855. supplies. it can also include deterioration of other materials. or if incorrect quantity of Marine Corps Supply System Responsibility (SSR). IL 61299-7300 (FAX: DSN 793-6653. Mail it to us at Commander.usmc. Marine Corps Users/Maintainers: If the M224 Mortar has been damaged during shipment. submit a Supply Discrepancy Report SF 364 in accordance with SECNAVINST 4355. Put it on an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report). or Marine Corps Using Unit Responsibility (UUR) items are received. US Army Armament Research. or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem. While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals. A reply will be furnished to you. or increased effectiveness in carrying out the programs or missions of your unit/command.TM 9-1010-223-10 GENERAL INFORMATION . ATTN: AMSTA-AR-QAW-A (R)/Customer Feedback Center. Marine Corps Logistics Bases. GA 31704-1128 (Telephone: DSN 567-5292/5482. funding. U.army. Rock Island. E-Mail: mbp@ala. Marine Corps Collateral Material (CM). equipment. Unusual cracking.18. if shipment is incomplete. Development and Engineering Center. Send us an EIR. Commercial (912) 439-5631. If your M224 Mortar needs improvements which relate directly to savings in man-hours.Continued 0001 00 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) Army: If your M224 mortar needs improvement. and TM 4700-15/1_. Equipment Records Procedures. Let us know why you don't like the design or performance.17. such as rubber and plastic. Marine Corps units/commands refer to MCO 1650.mil). You. If your M224 Mortar has deficiencies in materiel or design or nonconforming conditions which limit or prohibit the item from fulfilling its intended purpose. We will send you a reply. let us know.mil) or via Naval Message. if incorrect item is received.10_. the user. It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in future items. Product Quality Deficiency Report. Albany. Change 7 0001 00-2 . Commercial (912) 439-5292/5482. Mail it to: Commander (Code 808-1).S. softening. are the only one who can tell us what you don't like about your equipment. materials. Commercial (309) 782-6653) (EMail: qawqdrs@ria.

• Tritiated water is readily absorbed by the body through inhalation. 2. AND HANDLING 1. "deterioration".Continued If a corrosion problem is identified.army. ingestion. 0001 00-3 Change 7 . The form should be submitted to: Commander U. Commercial (309) 782-6653 E-Mail: qawqdrs@ria. IL 61299-7630 FAX: DSN 793-6653. Hazard Description: Radioactive tritium gas is contained in the following mortar components: M67/M64/M64A1 Sight Units. where the tritium gas converts to tritiated water vapor. It becomes more hazardous when released into a confined space such as an arms room or unventilated room. Purpose: These precautions implement mandatory license requirements for use and maintenance of tritium radioluminous fire control devices used on mortars. TRITIUM (H3) SAFETY. • The tritium gas will quickly disperse into the surrounding air if a vial is broken. and M58/M59 Aiming Post Lights. • The beta radiation emitted by tritium is only a hazard if the tritium vial is broken and contaminates personnel or work areas. or "cracking" will ensure that the information is identified as a CPC problem. Development and Engineering Center ATTN: AMSTA-AR-QAW-A (R)/Customer Feedback Center Rock Island. it can be reported using SF 368.Continued 0001 00 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC) . CARE. • The tritium gas is hermetically sealed into glass tubes or vials like miniature fluorescent lamps. • No external radiation is emitted by the vial itself since the glass effectively stops the beta particles. "rust". Product Quality Deficiency Report. Provided are some facts about tritium exposure: • Tritium is a potential ionizing radiation hazard.mil. Range Indicator.TM 9-1010-223-10 GENERAL INFORMATION . Army Armament Research.S. DESTRUCTION OF MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE Procedures and materials used for the destruction of the 60mm mortar in order to prevent enemy use will be found in TM 750-244-7. Use of key words such as "corrosion". or absorption through the skin when contact is made with contaminated surfaces or devices.

b. contact the TACOM-RI Safety Office during regular duty hours at DSN 793-2965/4594 or (309) 782-2965/4594. Personnel handling the tritium device should wear impermeable gloves. This can only be determined by the RSO performing a wipe test survey of the potentially contaminated work surfaces/areas.Continued 0001 00 TRITIUM (H3) SAFETY. immediately wrap the device in two clear plastic bags. and mark the bag "Broken Tritium Device – Do Not Open".Continued 3. Contact the base safety office or your NBC officer for the name and telephone number of the local RSO.TM 9-1010-223-10 GENERAL INFORMATION . These labels should not be defaced or removed during maintenance and should be replaced immediately when necessary. such as work bench table tops. Immediately report any suspected lost or damaged items to your Radiation Safety Officer (RSO). LOCAL RSO: _________________________ TELEPHONE: ____________________ 5. If skin contact is made with any device or area potentially contaminated with tritium. wash immediately (within 3 minutes) with nonabrasive soap and cold water for at least 1 minute. Broken tritium sources indoors may result in tritium contamination of the areas. Notify your local RSO immediately to report the incident. If gloves are not available. floors. If your local Radiation Safety Officer cannot be reached. or there is no illumination. 4. cracked. Change 7 0001 00-4 . Identification: Mortar devices containing radioactive self-luminous vials are identified by means of radioactive warning labels. Control: Control of this radioactive materiel is mandated by Federal Regulation. CARE. Place the potentially contaminated gloves between the first and second plastic bag prior to sealing. d. AND HANDLING . use the inverted bag method in picking up the device. a. ceilings. If the tritium lamp is broken. Procedures for Handling Damaged Tritium Lamps: The following procedures shall be followed when a tritium lamp contained in a mortar component is broken or does not show illumination. etc. seal with tape. Personnel need to inform other persons to vacate the immediate area and secure the immediate area from entry until the RSO has determined the extent of contamination. c.

d. It may or may not be economically feasible to repair mortar components. Storage of radioactive items is required to be in a secure. they must be placed into a clear plastic bag.TM 9-1010-223-10 GENERAL INFORMATION . Your local RSO will perform a leak test on the damaged device and related work area by performing wipe tests to determine the extent of tritium contamination. 0001 00-5 Change 7 . decontaminate the area per guidance provided by the TACOM-RI license RSO. do not repair.000 disintegrations per minute (DPM). not all non-illuminated devices will have evidence of tritium contamination. b.Continued e. as received. Spare parts to include modules containing tritium lamps must be stored in the shipping container. Check the luminosity of each lamp in each device to determine the condition. AND HANDLING . The local RSO will perform another wipe test after decon to be certain decontamination was successful.Continued 0001 00 TRITIUM (H3) SAFETY. and activity present in millicuries. labeled radioactive tritium component. until installation into the mortar component. CARE. If wipe test results are in excess of 1. Check for illumination prior to maintenance in a low light or dark room. Wear protective gloves and perform work in a well-ventilated designated area. the NSN. Due to expired shelf-life. The maintainer must turn in the fire control component immediately to the unit RSO for proper radioactive waste disposal and security. Do not attempt to repair a known broken device until it has been determined by the RSO that the device is free of tritium contamination. General Maintenance Procedures for Fire Control Materiel. Wrap the entire device in plastic bag as outlined above and notify your RSO immediately. Additional guidance for safe handling and maintenance is located in TM 9-254. including depot and field maintenance levels. c. well-ventilated area that is designated by the RSO. f. but will still be handled as if they were contaminated. If any lamp is not illuminated. g. a. e. 6. Maintenance Precautions: This procedure is applicable to all personnel working with tritium devices. When mortar tritium module components are replaced during maintenance. Wash hands immediately (within 3 minutes) with nonabrasive soap and cold water after handling a broken mortar fire control device that contains tritium modules.

TM 9-1010-223-10 GENERAL INFORMATION . Rock Island. Maintenance Levels: a. NY Fort Stewart. AND HANDLING .Continued 7.g. NC Fort Lewis. All mortar tritium fire control devices requiring replacement of the tritium lamp(s) contained INSIDE the module will be evacuated to the appropriate Tritium Instrument Repair Facility designated by the TACOM LCMC senior health physicist as indicated below. Any repair requiring the removal of the tritium lamp itself from the module is prohibited by TACOM-RI NRC license. Modules containing tritium lamps can be replaced at the field maintenance level. GA Fort Bragg. e.Continued 0001 00 TRITIUM (H3) SAFETY. HI MCLB Albany. Severely damaged devices (not economically feasible to repair) must be turned in to your installation or local RSO immediately for disposal. The following is an approved list of depot level repair Tritium Instrument Repair Facilities: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Anniston Army Depot Fort Drum. level vials are considered to be modules.. WA Schofield Barracks. Change 7 0001 00-6 . The module encloses the tritium lamp. GA MCLB Barstow. CARE. Depot level maintenance repair facilities have been established to perform more difficult repairs on fire control devices. Maintenance of mortar components containing tritium fire control involving module replacement ONLY will be performed in a controlled area designated by the installation or mission/unit RSO. IL b. CA Rock Island Arsenal.

NRC Form 3 (May 1999) and Reorganization Act of 1974. ATTN: AMSTA-CSC-ZR. NOTE Postings e and f (below) may be filed in the installation safety office for review. Section 206. and Reports to Workers. 0001 00-7/8 blank Change 7 . Posting Requirements: In accordance with Title 10 CFR Section 19. the following rules and regulations shall be posted in work areas where mortar tritium fire control devices are repaired. e. Instructions. a.Standards for Protection against Radiation. d.11. CARE.Continued 0001 00 TRITIUM (H3) SAFETY. NRC License (TACOM license BML 12-00722-06). rather than posting them in the work area.Notices. IL 61299-7630.TM 9-1010-223-10 GENERAL INFORMATION .Continued 8. Rock Island. 10 CFR Part 20 . Emergency contact information (local RSO and license RSO). b. AND HANDLING . f. Standard Operating Procedures specifying maintenance procedures. Copies may be requested or further information obtained by contacting the TACOM-RI LCMC RSO/licensee. 10 CFR Part 19 . c.

.

TM 9-1010-223-10 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 0002 00 EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 0002 00-1 Change 7 . AND FEATURES Capabilities and Features 1 2 3 4 5 6 Lightweight Highly mobile Easily maintained Self-illuminated fire control Hand-held firing possible Smooth bore Major Weapon System Components 1 2 3 4 M225 60mm Mortar Cannon M170 60mm Mortar Bipod M7 and M8 Baseplates M67 Sight Unit NOTE M67 sight unit is the primary sight unit. The M64/M64A1 sight unit may still be in use but is becoming obsolete. some illustrations still show the M64/M64A1 sight unit. While the M67 sight unit is preferred and is illustrated in many parts of this manual. CAPABILITIES.

TM 9-1010-223-10 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA . Provides a lightweight. Provides means to elevate. smooth bore cannon which incorporates a handle with a self-illuminating range indicator and a firing mechanism assembly. and cross-level the cannon as well as to absorb the shock of firing. Clamps to the cannon for use with baseplate M7 to provide support in the conventional mode. Baseplate M7. This baseplate provides a firing base for the cannon in the hand-held mode. Provides a lightweight. Baseplate M8.Continued 0002 00 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS . This unit serves to lay the mortar for deflection and elevation. Sight Unit M67. Change 7 0002 00-2 .Continued C A N N O N M 2 2 5 B A S E P L A T E M 8 Cannon M225. traverse. smooth bore cannon which incorporates a handle with a self-illuminating range indicator and a firing mechanism assembly. C A N N O N M 2 2 5 S IG H T U N IT M 6 7 B A S E P L A T E M 7 B IP O D M 1 7 0 Cannon M225. This unit provides self-illuminating sighting capability for indirect fire in the conventional mode. This baseplate provides a stable firing base and helps absorb the firing shock in the conventional mode. Bipod M170.

NOTE The range indicator assembly on the M225 cannon was designed for the M720 round.TM 9-1010-223-10 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA . No sight unit is used in this mode. 2. The range indicator assembly is used to position cannon tube to estimated target range. Further support is provided by a squad member since no bipod is used. Each mode requires different equipment and procedures. Hand-held Mode R A N G E IN D IC A T O R A S S E M B L Y C A N N O N M 2 2 5 B A S E P L A T E M 8 1. The M8 baseplate supports the cannon base.Continued 0002 00 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODES The lightweight company mortar can be fired in two modes. 0002 00-3 Change 7 .

....................... M769.................................. M888............... The bipod also allows deflection... 30 RPM (For 4 minutes) Sustained ..................................... 15 RPM M49A4.......................... the weapon functions as a conventional mortar... and support is provided by a bipod and a baseplate (M7).... EQUIPMENT DATA RATE OF FIRE M720..... and cross-leveling.......................Continued 0002 00 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODES ................ 231 ft (70 m) 11. M721.....TM 9-1010-223-10 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA ............................................... M722............................. 8 RPM RANGE Minimum ... and M69 Cartridges Maximum ...... M83A3........... elevation changes.. Maximum .......................... and M1061 Cartridges Maximum ............................. and M720A1 Cartridges Maximum ......................................................... M722A1...........Continued Conventional Mode C A N N O N M 2 2 5 S IG H T U N IT M 6 7 B A S E P L A T E M 7 B IP O D M 1 7 0 In this mode.................... M767..........................................................................517 ft (3490 m) Change 7 0002 00-4 .......................... 30 RPM (For 1 minute) THEN 18 RPM (For the next 4 minutes) Sustained ............... 30 RPM (For 4 minutes) Sustained ........................................................ A sight unit is used to lay the mortar.......... 20 RPM M768.. M302A1..........

..................................................... Magnification ....................................................... 4 to 6 years life 0002 00-5/6 blank Change 7 ........................................4 lb (6...................................9 kg) 28 in................. Field of View....4 lb (6............ Azimuth adjustment .........................................5 kg) 15........................................................................... CANNON M225 Overall length ............................... BASEPLATE M8 Weight ...........................6 lb (1.................................................................7 m) 250 mils 800 to 1511 mils 14............. 46......9 lb (1.2 lb (6.................. Weight................ (0.............6 kg) 2..........3 kg) 10 degrees 4...................................Continued 0002 00 EQUIPMENT DATA ..............................TM 9-1010-223-10 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA ........ (1 m) 14..........5 lb (21...................................................... Illumination.............. Overall length (collapsed) .............2 kg) 40 in........................ BASEPLATE M7 Weight ........................................ Elevation adjustment................... conventional mode................... Weight .................................... BIPOD M170 Weight ...........Continued WEAPON ASSEMBLED Weight.......................................................................... hand-held mode .............................................. SIGHT UNIT M67 Weight ........5 kg) 3.......0 nominal Self-contained radioactive tritium...1 kg) 18 lb (8...........................

.

Mortar is fired by dropping the round (1) down the cannon tube (2). fin first. The selector switch (3) must be at D. 5 4 0003 00-1 . Percussion primer and ignition cartridge (4) function after the primer on round strikes firing pin (5) in base of cannon. 1 2 3 2.TM 9-1010-223-10 THEORY OF OPERATION 0003 00 DROP FIRE METHOD 1.

Expanding gases (6) force the round from the mortar.Continued 3. 7 0003 00-2 . The propelling charge is ignited by the flash of the ignition cartridge. The fins (7) on the rear of the round stabilize it in flight.TM 9-1010-223-10 THEORY OF OPERATION . 6 4.Continued 0003 00 DROP FIRE METHOD .

TM 9-1010-223-10

THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued

0003 00

TRIGGER FIRE METHOD

CAUTION
Trigger firing without a round in the barrel will cause rapid failure of the sear. Trigger firing without a round should be limited to inspection for operation only. 1. 2. With the selector switch (1) at T, the round (2) is dropped down the cannon tube (3), fin first. Mortar will fire only after trigger (4) is squeezed. Trigger fire method can be used when the mortar is in either the conventional or hand-held mode.

3

4 2 1

0003 00-3/4 blank

TM 9-1010-223-10

CHAPTER 2 OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

0004 00-1 Change 5 . Removes minor cant of weapon. Removes major cant of weapon. Traversing Mechanism. Makes fine adjustment in deflection (azimuth). Elevating Mechanism. Plain Wing Nut. Elevates or depresses mortar.TM 9-1010-223-10 DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS 0004 00 BIPOD M170 T R A V E R S IN G M E C H A N IS M P L A IN W IN G N U T C R O S S L E V E L IN G N U T E L E V A T IN G M E C H A N IS M Cross-Leveling Nut.

Trigger. Change 5 0004 00-2 .TM 9-1010-223-10 DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . Indicates angle of cannon tube for hand-held firing. Upper Saddle. Bipod is attached here for elevations from 1101 to 1511 mils.Continued 0004 00 CANNON M225 C A N N O N M 2 2 5 U P P E R S A D D L E L O W E R S A D D L E R A N G E IN D IC A T O R A S S E M B L Y S IG H T U N IT M 6 7 T R IG G E R Lower Saddle. Sight Unit M67. Activates mechanism to discharge the weapon. Lays weapon in elevation and deflection (azimuth). Bipod is attached here for elevations from 0800 to 1100 mils. Range Indicator Assembly.

D = DROP FIRE.TM 9-1010-223-10 DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS .Continued 0004 00 CANNON M225 . 0004 00-3 Change 5 . CAUTION Trigger firing without a round in the barrel will cause rapid failure of the sear. Firing Selector. T = TRIGGER FIRE.Continued 6 5 . Mortar will not fire. Trigger firing without a round should be limited to inspection for operation only. Positions firing pin location for different firing modes or for safe. Round fires only when trigger is squeezed. S = SAFE. Round fires when dropped.

Indicates from 0 to 100 mils in 1 mil increments. Elevation Vial. Fine Elevation Scale. F IN E A Z IM U T H (D E F L E C T IO N ) S C A L E A Z IM U T H (D E F L E C T IO N ) K N O B F IN E E L E V A T IO N S C A L E E L E V A T IO N V IA L E L E V A T IO N L O C K IN G K N O B Fine Azimuth (Deflection) Scale.Continued 0004 00 SIGHT UNIT M67 NOTE M67 sight unit is the primary sight unit. Unlocks or locks elevation mechanism and scales. Rotates deflection mechanism and scales. Azimuth (Deflection) Knob. Elevation Locking Knob. Indicates from 0 to 100 mils in 1 mil increments. Change 5 0004 00-4 . The M64/M64A1 sight unit may still be in use but is becoming obsolete. Indicates level condition of sight unit.TM 9-1010-223-10 DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS .

Continued 0004 00 SIGHT UNIT M67 . Elevation Knob.Continued L A T C H IN G L E V E R C O A R S E E L E V A T IO N S C A L E C R O S S -L E V E L V IA L C O A R S E A Z IM U T H (D E F L E C T IO N ) S C A L E E L E V A T IO N K N O B Latching Lever. Cross-Level Vial. Indicates from 700 to 1600 mils in 100 mil increments. Indicates from 0 to 6400 mils in 100 mil increments. Coarse Azimuth (Deflection) Scale.TM 9-1010-223-10 DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . Rotates elevation mechanism and scale. Coarse Elevation Scale. Locks the sight unit to the bipod. Indicates level condition of sight unit. 0004 00-5 Change 5 .

Continued C L A M P IN G M E C H A N IS M A Z IM U T H (D E F L E C T IO N ) L O C K IN G K N O B L O C K IN G L E V E R Clamping Mechanism. Azimuth (Deflection) Locking Knob. Used to adjust and hold elbow telescope M67. Locks holder assembly and clamping mechanism in upright position.Continued 0004 00 SIGHT UNIT M67 . Locking Lever.TM 9-1010-223-10 DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATORS . Change 5 0004 00-6 . Unlocks or locks deflection mechanism.

Basic Issue Items. WP 0023 00) References AR 385-63 FM 23-90 EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR WARNING Firing site must have mask clearance and no overhead obstructions. WP 0021 00) Wiping rag (item 16. WP 0021 00) Sight unit case (item 3. Emplace M7 baseplate (1) by standing on it and rocking.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0005 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Emplacement of Mortar. Basic Issue Items. Boresighting INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts Flat-tip screwdriver (item 13. WP 0021 00) Gun muzzle cover (item 5. When firing during training. Installation of M67 Sight Unit. 1. Select firing site (preferably a flat area with firm soil) with a line of fire clear of unauthorized personnel. the minimum horizontal range is 300 meters. 1 0005 00-1 Change 5 . Basic Issue Items. Firing over the heads of unprotected troops is prohibited per AR 385-63.

Continued 0005 00 EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR . 5 3 4. Use upper saddle for elevations of 1100 mils or less and use lower saddle for elevations greater than 1100 mils. 3 2 4 3. Upper saddle must be used for boresighting. Rotate cannon (3) 1/4 turn to firing position with handle and firing mechanism (5) upward. Place base of cannon (3) into locking cap opening (4).TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 5. Rotate locking cap (2) until opening in cap points in direction of fire. Change 5 0005 00-2 . Open collar (7). Loosen knob (6) and swing it downward. Place upper saddle (8) or lower saddle (9) in collar (7) with handle and firing mechanism straight-up on top of cannon.Continued 2.

Close collar (7) and swing knob (6) into place and tighten.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 1 0 0005 00-3 Change 5 .Continued 0005 00 EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR .Continued 8 7 9 6 6. 7 6 7. Push up legs (10) to unlatch and swing out.

NOTE Cross-leveling removes cant from weapon. Change 5 0005 00-4 . If bipod is attached to lower saddle. Loosen plain wing nut (13) and spread legs.31 m) in front of baseplate. Adjust cross-leveling nut (16) clockwise to move the elevating mechanism (15) to the left or counterclockwise to move the elevating mechanism to the right until it is vertical.Continued 8.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Hand tighten plain wing nut. If bipod is attached to upper saddle.Continued 0005 00 EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR .46 m) in front of baseplate. 9. adjust cross-leveling mechanism until elevating mechanism (15) is near vertical. Press feet firmly into ground. set feet about 1 ft (0. Unfasten snap hook (11) and wire rope assembly (12). set feet (14) about 1 1/2 ft (0. With plain wing nut (13) still loose. 11. 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 4 10.

TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 3. 1 2 3 0005 00-5 Change 5 . Press latching lever (2) while installing sight unit (1) into dovetail slot (3) on bipod. 2. store sight unit carefully in its carrying case. 1.Continued 1 5 1 6 1 3 INSTALLATION OF M67 SIGHT UNIT CAUTION When mortar is not in use. Remove M67 sight unit (1) from sight unit case. Release latching lever (2) and check to ensure that sight unit (1) is firmly locked to bipod.Continued 0005 00 EMPLACEMENT OF MORTAR .

Ensure that mortar is set in upper saddle (4) (saddle closest to muzzle) (p 0005 00-2). Basic Issue Items. Make sure mortar tube angle and propellant charge will fire no less than 300 meters during training firings. Push locking lever down to lock. 5. 6. Tighten wing nut.Continued 4. Ensure that elevating mechanism (5) and traversing mechanism (6) are approximately centered on bipod (7). as shown. Pull locking lever (9) up and rotate telescope (10) to vertical position. Remove gun muzzle cover (8) (item 5. Loosen wing nut (13) and rotate telescope (10) to align top index line (11) on holder assembly with line (12) on telescope. 8 4 6 5 7 CAUTION Do not use force on locking lever to lock. 7. Change 5 0005 00-6 . WP 0021 00) and clean muzzle surface with wiping rag (item 16.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 8.Continued 0005 00 INSTALLATION OF M67 SIGHT UNIT . WP 0023 00).

TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Loosen deflection locking knob (18). 9. Rotate deflection (azimuth) knob (19) to align red index line (20) with coarse azimuth index arrow (21). Loosen elevation locking knob (14).Continued 1 1 9 1 2 1 0 1 3 2 5 3 0 NOTE Sight unit removed from bipod for clarity.Continued 0005 00 INSTALLATION OF M67 SIGHT UNIT . 1 8 2 0 1 7 2 1 1 9 1 4 1 6 1 5 0005 00-7 Change 5 . Rotate elevation knob (15) to align the 0800-mil graduation on coarse elevation scale (16) with coarse elevation index arrow (17). 10.

if present.Continued 0005 00 INSTALLATION OF M67 SIGHT UNIT . NOTE Do not touch azimuth (deflection) knob on the M67 sight unit.Continued 11. Remove cant.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 1 2 4 2 3 2 2 Change 5 0005 00-8 . by turning plain wing nut (22) and cross-leveling nut (23) on left leg of bipod until bubble of cross-level vial (24) on sight unit (1) is centered.

Set fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2) to 0 mils. Set coarse elevation scale (3) to 800 mils. 4. 5. 1 2 3 6. WP 0021 00) (5) 10 meters away. The aiming point should be as far away as possible and not less than 200 meters. 3. 2. use sight unit case (item 3. Make a visual check that the elbow telescope is roughly parallel to the cannon. If distant aiming point is not available. If coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1) is not set at 3200 mils. Basic Issue Items. Check that elevation and traversing mechanisms are approximately centered. 5 4 0005 00-9 Change 5 . turning it to 32.Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING 1. set it by pushing down around the circumference of the coarse azimuth (deflection) scale.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Select aiming point (4) that has clearly defined vertical line. and releasing it.

Recheck azimuth (deflection) level vial in sight unit for centering of bubble. Basic Issue Items. 6 9. but physically pick up mortar to align it on aiming point. WP 0021 00) and snap it in place against end of muzzle. Remove M115 boresight (7) from sight unit case and place it on end of muzzle. 7. Move mortar if necessary to place cross hairs on distant aiming point.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Look through elbow telescope (6) and pick out distant aiming point. Refer to FM 23-90. 8. Check both level bubbles and adjust if necessary using mortar controls only. You are now ready to boresight.Continued NOTE Always sight along left edge of aiming point. Change 5 0005 00-10 .Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING . Adjust if necessary. Depress plungers of M115 boresight with flat-tip screwdriver (item 13. Do not use traversing mechanism. NOTE The M45/M45A1 boresight is an acceptable replacement for the M115. 10.

View through center of the optic and up close. Recheck all other leveling vials on sight unit (10) and recenter bubbles if needed. Rotate M115 boresight (7) to center bubble in boresight cross-level vial (8).Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING . 12. 1 0 8 7 9 0005 00-11 Change 5 . turn traversing crank (9) to traverse the mortar until aligned with aiming point. boresight line will be fuzzy and distorted. otherwise. While viewing through boresight optic. NOTE The boresight line is a white line.Continued 7 M 4 5 A 1 B O R E S IG H T 11. 13.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE .

14. using elevation knob (12).Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING . 17. Check all other leveling vials for centered bubbles. 16. Sight through boresight (7) to check that boresight line is on right side of 10 meter target. 15.Continued NOTE Azimuth and elevation locking knobs must be unlocked prior to adjustments. Recheck centering of all bubbles and adjust as necessary.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . If not. 1 0 7 9 1 1 1 2 Change 5 0005 00-12 . align target using traversing crank (9). Center bubble in elevation vial (11) on sight unit (10).

If not.Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING . use fine azimuth (deflection) knob (13) to align cross hair of sight unit on target as shown. 19.Continued 18. 6 1 3 0005 00-13 Change 5 . CAUTION Tampering with the coarse elevation scale could cause damage to the scale or sight unit.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Recheck centering of all bubbles and adjust as necessary. Sight through elbow telescope (6) to check that vertical cross hair is on left side of 10 meter or distant target.

Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING .Continued 20. Loosen locking knob. If not. Cannon tube (14) is now at 800 mils. Coarse elevation index arrow (15) should point to 8 (800 mils) on coarse elevation scale (3).TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Fine elevation scale (16) should be on 0. Tighten two screws. Recheck centering of all bubbles and adjust as necessary. Recheck centering of all bubbles and adjust as necessary. 22. CAUTION Do not overtighten screws. If a mismatch exceeds 1/4 graduation (approximately plus or minus 20 mils). remove and replace sight unit (10). 21. 23. 1 0 1 5 1 4 3 1 9 1 7 1 6 1 2 1 8 Change 5 0005 00-14 . lock elevation knob (12) with locking knob (17). Loosen two screws (18) and slip fine elevation scale until 0 aligns with red index arrow (19) on the housing.

set at 3200 mils by pushing down on the complete circumference of coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1). turning it to 32.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . lift up on locking lever (22). Reposition elbow telescope and secure by pushing down on locking lever. Tighten two screws. Turn inner coarse azimuth (deflection) scale until red line is at 32. CAUTION Do not overtighten screws. Set fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2) to zero by turning fine azimuth (deflection) knob (13). If not. Check to see if coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1) is set at 3200 mils. If it does not.Continued 24. 25. NOTE Deflection of 3200 mils means 32 on coarse azimuth (deflection) scale and 0 on fine azimuth (deflection) scale. and loosen two screws (23).Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING . 27. 26. and releasing it. pivot elbow telescope (6) out of the way. 2 2 2 1 6 2 3 2 3 1 2 1 3 2 5 3 0 2 0 0005 00-15 Change 5 . The red index line (20) on inner coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (21) should also align with 32 on coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1).

Coarse elevation scale (3) is on 8. tighten azimuth locking knob (28) and loosen two screws (29). e. Red index line (20) is on 32. Depress fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2) and turn to align 0 with fine azimuth (deflection) black arrow (27). Fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2) is on 0. Tighten two screws (29) and loosen azimuth locking knob (28). h.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 2 5 2 4 2 2 8     # 2 9  2 6 2 7 31. c. b. Fine azimuth (deflection) black arrow (27) should align with 0 on fine azimuth (deflection) scale (2). Coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1) is on 32. Sight unit crosshair lined up on target.Continued 28. 30. d. Bubble in cross-level vial (30) is centered. Recheck sight unit as follows: a. Fine azimuth (deflection) red index arrow (24) should align with red index line (25) on outer fine azimuth (deflection) scale (26). Change 5 0005 00-16 . Fine elevation scale (16) is on 0. 29. g. Bubble in elevation vial (11) is centered. Rotate outer fine azimuth (deflection) scale (26) and set red index line (25) to red index arrow (24).Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING . If it does not. f.

check sight unit vials to make sure mortar did not move. 33. c.Continued 2 1 2 0 3 3 0 1 1 1 6 32. b.Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING . If bubbles in sight unit level vials are still centered. 7 8 0005 00-17 Change 5 . d. Replace boresight and turn in defective boresight for maintenance. the boresight is defective. Rotate boresight 180 degrees so bottom lens is now on top and bubble in other cross-level vial (8) is recentered. View through boresight (7) to make sure it lines up on aiming point target. Sight through boresight again. the sight picture should be the same as shown on p 0005 00-11. If the sight picture is not the same.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Check for reticle accuracy as follows: a.

TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 7 END OF TASK Change 5 0005 00-18 . WP 0021 00) on mortar until ready to fire. WP 0021 00).Continued 0005 00 BORESIGHTING . 34. boresighting is complete. Basic Issue Items. Basic Issue Items. Install gun muzzle cover (item 5.Continued NOTE If no more adjustments are required. Remove boresight (7) from muzzle and stow it in sight unit case (item 3.

Firing over the heads of unprotected troops is prohibited per AR 385-63. Place lower slope of M8 baseplate (1) in direction of fire. 1 0006 00-1 . the minimum horizontal range is 300 meters. When firing during training.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE 0006 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Assembly of Mortar INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator References AR 385-63 ASSEMBLY OF MORTAR WARNING Firing site must have mask clearance and no overhead obstructions. 1.

Continued 2. 4 3 END OF TASK 0006 00-2 .Continued 0006 00 ASSEMBLY OF MORTAR . Insert basecap (4) of cannon into socket of baseplate. Close latch (3). 2 3 3.TM 9-1010-223-10 ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE . Pull latch knob (2) and rotate latch (3) open. Make sure latch pin seats.

WP 0021 00) M58 aiming post light (item 8. Emplace near post halfway between far post and weapon.5 0 M E T E R S 1 5 . WP 0021 00) in ground in a line 2800 mils deflection from direction of fire.TM 9-1010-223-10 EMPLACING AIMING POSTS FOR INDIRECT FIRE 0007 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Emplacement of Aiming Posts INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts M14 aiming post (item 11. WP 0021 00) EMPLACEMENT OF AIMING POSTS 3 0 . Basic Issue Items. 0007 00-1 Change 7 . Place two sets of assembled aiming posts (item 11. Basic Issue Items. The far post should be emplaced first 30 to 50 meters from weapon where possible. WP 0021 00) M59 aiming post light (item 9. Basic Issue Items.2 5 M E T E R S 2 1 1. Basic Issue Items.

Far post light (1) should be visible above near light (2). Aiming post lights should be different colors. END OF TASK Change 7 0007 00-2 .TM 9-1010-223-10 EMPLACING AIMING POSTS FOR INDIRECT FIRE . Attach aiming post lights (items 8 and 9. Basic Issue Items. WP 0021 00) to aiming posts by tightening wing nut on light clamp.Continued 0007 00 EMPLACEMENT OF AIMING POSTS . Position so lights can be seen at night through the sight.Continued WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 2.

Basic Issue Items. WP 0021 00) Wiping rag (item 16. WP 0023 00) References WP 0024 00 FT 60-P-1 Equipment Conditions Mortar has been boresighted (WP 0005 00) 0008 00-1 Change 7 .TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0008 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Loading and Firing INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts Artillery cleaning hook (item 7.

To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death. dust. 0. ice. or any other debris in the turbine inlet. snow. mud. Inspect the fuze turbine inlet area for any sand. mud. dirt. ensure that no obstruction to the airflow of the turbine is present. and any other debris from getting into the fuze turbine. mud. do not fire any mortar cartridge that has sand. Prior to firing all mortar cartridges with the M734/M734A1 fuze. A IR F L O W O F T H E T U R B IN E F U Z E T U R B IN E IN L E T Change 7 0008 00-2 . ice.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0008 00 LOADING AND FIRING WARNING To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death. To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death. mortar cartridges should not be fired into sand or dust storms or heavy snow or ice storms except in a combat emergency. snow.1. ice. dust. dirt. snow. dirt. or other debris visible in the turbine inlet. cover the mortar cartridges prior to firing to prevent sand.

Even with one-man loading. and at the end of each fire mission. WP 0021 00) and wiping rag (item 16. For this reason. This is especially true in rapid fire exercises. Select firing tables FT 60-P-1 for ammunition to be fired. CAUTION Do not wet swab the cannon bore during firing. Dry swab cannon bore using artillery cleaning hook (item 7. 2. WARNING Short rounds may occur if an excessive amount of oil or water is in barrel during firing. after every ten rounds fired (approximately). 0008 00-3 Change 7 . double loading can occur.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE .Continued WARNING Loading a mortar weapon with two men alternating can be very dangerous and could prove fatal. 1.Continued 0008 00 LOADING AND FIRING . it is imperative that there is absolute certainty that the previous round has left the mortar tube before a new round is dropped in. WP 0023 00) before firing. The commander (or his appointee) should keep careful watch for misfire and double loading. Basic Issue Items.

set firing selector (1) to D. Round fires when dropped. Release trigger after each firing. Trigger firing without a round should be limited to inspection for operation only. Round fires when trigger is squeezed toward handle. Injury or death may occur.Continued WARNING Selector should be at S (safe) except when firing. Set firing selector (1): For drop fires.Continued 0008 00 LOADING AND FIRING . 3. With firing selector at T. Change 7 0008 00-4 . 2 5 6 1 . trigger (2) is away from handle. Misalignment of safe detent position on firing selector will cause a malfunction which may accidentally arm the mortar and can result in unintentional discharge of round. CAUTION Trigger firing without a round in the barrel will cause rapid failure of the sear.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE .

WARNING If using M525 or M527 PD fuzes.Continued 0008 00 LOADING AND FIRING . 0008 00-5 Change 7 . Do not fire unpacked ammunition which has been dropped. sets fuze for burst desired. Gunner kneels on left side of cannon and looks into sight unit. Do not fire cartridge if boreriding pin is missing. or packaged ammunition which has been dropped from a height greater than one meter.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 5. do not fire cartridge if fuze makes a buzzing sound when removing safety pins. Ammunition handler adjusts propellant charge for desired range. Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).Continued 4. Assistant gunner kneels on right side in front of traversing mechanism facing gunner. The ammunition handler kneels beside the assistant gunner and slightly to the rear. Check fuze for presence of bore-riding pin after removing safety pin. and removes safety wire/pin (see p 0024 00-16 through 0024 00-23). These cartridges will be returned to Ammunition Supply Point (ASP) as unserviceable.

6. beyond narrow part of body. Assistant gunner grasps the body of the round with both hands near the center and inserts round.Continued 0008 00 LOADING AND FIRING . fuze end up.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Change 7 0008 00-6 .Continued WARNING Do not look into cannon or try to force a cartridge down the bore.

the total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 76. no more than 100 rounds per day may be fired by the crew. assistant gunner releases round and passes hands partly down outside surface of barrel while pivoting to his left and bending toward ammunition handler for next round. • All 60mm mortar crewmen must be trained in the proper use of both types of hearing protection and checked by appropriate medical personnel to ensure proper fit of earplugs. or M769 cartridges at charge 4. At command to fire. • Head positions should be below the muzzle when a round is fired. 7. If firing the M1061 cartridge at charge 4.Continued WARNING HEARING CONSERVATION The 60mm mortar poses a significant risk of hearing loss. Significant damage can occur even for a single.Continued 0008 00 LOADING AND FIRING . unprotected exposure. Hearing loss is a certainty for those not using hearing protection properly. • All personnel within 78 meters of the firing position must wear single hearing protection during all firings. M768. • The gunner and assistant gunner will use single hearing protection while maintaining a head position at least one meter to the side and one meter or more to the rear of the muzzle. 0008 00-7 Change 7 . Under these conditions.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . the total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 130. • If firing any M720A1.

TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – CONVENTIONAL MODE . END OF TASK Change 7 0008 00-8 .Continued 8.Continued 0008 00 LOADING AND FIRING . Gun will fire in accordance with selection.

TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE 0009 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Loading and Firing INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts Artillery cleaning hook (item 7. WP 0023 00) References WP 0024 00 Equipment Conditions Cannon tube installed in M8 baseplate (WP 0006 00) 0009 00-1 Change 7 . WP 0021 00) Wiping rag (item 16. Basic Issue items. WP 0021 00) Heat protective mitten (item 10. Basic Issue Items.

ice. ice. ice. Prior to firing all mortar cartridges with the M734/M734A1 fuze. do not fire any mortar cartridge that has sand. snow. cover the mortar cartridges prior to firing to prevent sand.1. Inspect the fuze turbine inlet area for any sand. A IR F L O W O F T H E T U R B IN E F U Z E T U R B IN E IN L E T Change 7 0009 00-2 . To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death. ensure that no obstruction to the airflow of the turbine is present. mortar cartridges should not be fired into sand or dust storms or heavy snow or ice storms except in a combat emergency. dust. dirt. 0. mud. To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death. snow. dirt. and any other debris from getting into the fuze turbine. mud. mud. dust. dirt.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE . or other debris visible in the turbine inlet. or any other debris in the turbine inlet.Continued 0009 00 LOADING AND FIRING WARNING To avoid erratic or short rounds which could result in personnel injury or death. snow.

Firing at ranges of more than 900 meters for charge one.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE . For this reason. double loading can occur. WARNING In hand-held mode.Continued 0009 00 LOADING AND FIRING . The mortar could slip if precautions are not observed and personnel injury or death could result. 0009 00-3 Change 7 .Continued WARNING Loading a mortar weapon with two men alternating can be very dangerous and could prove fatal. place baseplate against a solid object when: Firing at ranges more than 300 meters for charge zero. Even with one-man loading. This is especially true in rapid fire exercises. it is imperative that there is absolute certainty that the previous round has left the mortar tube before a new round is dropped in. The commander (or his appointee) should keep careful watch for misfire and double loading.

Continued WARNING In hand-held mode. Change 7 0009 00-4 .TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE .Continued 0009 00 LOADING AND FIRING . do not fire with any charge greater than the following: M720/M888 cartridge: M720A1/M768 cartridge: M721 cartridge: M722/M722A1 cartridge: M769 cartridge: M49A4 cartridge: M83 series cartridge: M302A1 cartridge: M1061 cartridge: Charge one Charge one Charge one Charge one Charge one Charge three Charge two Charge two Charge one For M1061 cartridge: DO NOT fire in hand-held mode with single ball range indicator.

Continued 0009 00 LOADING AND FIRING . The yellow index (range 3 on red scale and range 10 on black scale) is a warning reminder to brace the baseplate. (See warning on page 0009 00-3).TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE . The red scale (3) is for charge zero.   "  !    3 !   ' & % $ # " ! 2 1  0009 00-5 Change 7 .Continued WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) NOTE Range indicator assembly (M720/M888 cartridges only): A vial containing a ball (1) that moves when cannon is elevated or depressed and indicates the firing range. The black scale (2) is for charge one.

Hearing loss is a certainty for those not using hearing protection properly. WARNING Short rounds may occur if an excessive amount of oil or water is in barrel during firing. • The gunner and assistant gunner will use single hearing protection while maintaining a head position at least one meter to the side and one meter or more to the rear of the muzzle. • If firing any M720A1. before firing and after every ten rounds fired. Change 7 0009 00-6 .Continued WARNING HEARING CONSERVATION The 60mm mortar poses a significant risk of hearing loss. unprotected exposure. Dry swab cannon bore using artillery cleaning hook (item 7. 1. the total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 76.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE . CAUTION Do not wet swab the cannon bore during firing. • All 60mm mortar crewmen must be trained in the proper use of both types of hearing protection and checked by appropriate medical personnel to ensure proper fit of earplugs. WP 0023 00). M768. If firing the M1061 cartridge at charge 4. no more than 100 rounds per day may be fired by the crew. Basic Issue Items. Significant damage can occur even for a single. the total number of rounds that may be fired per day is limited to 130. • All personnel within 78 meters of the firing position must wear single hearing protection during all firings. or M769 cartridges at charge 4. WP 0021 00) and wiping rag (item 16.Continued 0009 00 LOADING AND FIRING . • Head positions should be below the muzzle when a round is fired. Under these conditions.

Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD). Check fuze for presence of bore-riding pin after removing safety pin. Gunner kneels directly behind barrel with heat protective mitten (item 10. Basic Issue Items.TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE . Do not fire cartridge if boreriding pin is missing. 3. WP 0021 00) on left hand and his right hand around the trigger and handle. and removes safety wire/pin (see p 0024 00-17 through 0024 00-23). WARNING If using M525 or M527 PD fuzes. do not fire cartridge if fuze makes a buzzing sound when removing safety pins. 0009 00-7 Change 7 . sets fuze for burst desired.Continued 2.Continued 0009 00 LOADING AND FIRING . Ammunition handler prepares propellant charge for desired range.

TM 9-1010-223-10 LOADING AND FIRING – HAND-HELD MODE . 5. Gunner sets firing selector at T. and assumes safe firing position. releases round. Gunner lays weapon using range indicator assembly and sight over or on side of muzzle for azimuth. gunner squeezes trigger to fire and then releases trigger after firing. END OF TASK Change 7 0009 00-8 .Continued 0009 00 LOADING AND FIRING . When weapon is on target. Holding mortar steady.Continued 4. Assistant gunner grasps round near center. gunner assumes safe firing position. inserts round (fuze end up) in muzzle. 7. 6.

Never attempt to remove a misfired round from a hot cannon. Do not look into cannon or try to force a cartridge down the bore. A COOKOFF is the firing of the cartridge due to a round chambered in a hot weapon. If misfire occurs with an unseated baseplate in the conventional mode. 0010 00-1 Change 5 . Stand or kneel on either side. (Skip steps 2 through 8. Two people are required to remove a misfire. A HANGFIRE is delay in the functioning of a propelling charge explosive train at the time of firing. Evacuate all others at least 50 meters to the right or left rear of the weapon. NOTE A MISFIRE is the failure of a cartridge to fire when round is dropped with selector lever set on D or when trigger is squeezed with selector lever on T.TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0010 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Removal of Round INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Personnel Required Two REMOVAL OF ROUND WARNING Never stand or kneel behind or in front of the cannon tube. do not attempt to trigger fire the mortar.) Place selector lever on S and proceed with the remainder of the misfire procedure in this manual.

the mortar is relaid and firing is continued. Any crew member shouts MISFIRE. Change 5 0010 00-2 . 2. 5. 6. If round does not fire.Continued 1.Continued 0010 00 REMOVAL OF ROUND . If time permits. round should fire.TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE . The gunner kicks the barrel twice. perform steps 7 through 22. If round fires. Assistant gunner will brace the bipod. swab the bore before firing is continued to remove any debris that may have caused the misfire. 3. 4.

TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE . If round does not fire and baseplate is well seated. place firing selector on T. 0010 00-3 Change 5 .Continued WARNING Trigger firing with an unseated baseplate is prohibited in the conventional mode. NOTE If baseplate is not well seated. omit steps 7 and 8 and go to step 9. 5 6 .Continued 0010 00 REMOVAL OF ROUND . round should fire. 8. 7. Squeeze trigger twice.

Continued 0010 00 REMOVAL OF ROUND . 5 6 . Loosen collar knob (7) only enough to allow cannon (1) to rotate. 11.TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE . WARNING Never attempt to remove a misfired round from a hot cannon. place firing selector on S. Lock knobs on sight unit (2) on last deflection and place in sight unit case (6). Change 5 0010 00-4 . Lower cannon (1) to lowest elevation and remove sight unit (2) by pressing on latch (3) and sliding the sight unit out of the dovetail slot (4) on the bipod.Continued 9. If round still does not fire. Cooling with water is allowable. CAUTION M67 sight unit must be removed before continuing. 13. 10. 12. NOTE Do not unlock collar knob. Allow cannon tube to cool until it can be held with bare hands. Rotate elbow telescope (5) to horizontal position.

Never put your hands behind or in front of the muzzle.TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 1 8 0010 00-5 Change 5 . Rotate cannon (1) 90 degrees at handle toward gunner. 15.Continued 5 6 3 2 1 4 7 14.Continued 0010 00 REMOVAL OF ROUND . and lift basecap out of baseplate. WARNING Do not put hands on basecap when lifting and holding breech end of cannon tube. never allow breech cap end to go below horizontal position until the round is removed. After lifting mortar out of baseplate. Gunner at handle lifts breech end (8) of cannon (1) and assistant gunner places hands around muzzle.

17. Swab cannon tube. If round won't slide out of cannon. lift base as high as possible and shake cannon to dislodge any debris. Reassemble and re-lay mortar. 19.Continued 16. 22. and notify EOD. round should slide out. stop firing and notify unit maintenance. Notify EOD. evacuate area. and passes it to the ammunition handler. When round is removed. As breech end is lifted. replace it and place suspect round in misfire pit. remove cannon from bipod and lay it flat on ground in direction of fire. Lay suspect round flat on ground. If safety wire can't be replaced. Assistant gunner stops it with his thumbs. END OF TASK Change 5 0010 00-6 . WARNING If you get two misfires in a row. Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).Continued 0010 00 REMOVAL OF ROUND .TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 18. 20. fuze may be armed. If safety wire can be replaced. 21. removes it from bore.

TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – HAND-HELD MODE 0011 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Removal of Round INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator References WP 0010 00 Personnel Required Two REMOVAL OF ROUND WARNING Never stand or kneel behind or in front of the cannon tube. If round doesn't fire after second trigger squeeze. Never attempt to remove a misfired round from a hot cannon. Stand or kneel on either side. If round doesn't fire. any crew member shouts MISFIRE. squeeze trigger a second time to confirm malfunction. NOTE Firing malfunction definitions are in WP 0010 00. Do not look into cannon or try to force a cartridge down the bore. 1. 0011 00-1 . 2.

place firing selector on S. 5. sandbags. Place firing selector on S and bounce weapon on ground.). 0011 00-2 . Clear target area and re-aim.TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – HAND-HELD MODE . 6. or support weapon with a stick. or empty ammunition box and kick cannon. to dislodge round. empty ammunition boxes. sandbag. Support cannon (with a stick. 3. 4. Cool outer surface with water or allow to air cool until cannon tube can be held with bare hands. If round doesn't fire. Place firing selector on T. round should fire. etc.Continued WARNING Do not bounce weapon more than 6 inches from the ground.Continued 0011 00 REMOVAL OF ROUND . Squeeze trigger twice.

replace it and place suspect round in misfire pit. If safety wire can't be replaced. Lay suspect round flat on ground. and notify EOD. Assistant gunner stops it with his thumbs and removes it from bore. fuze may be armed. round (2) should slide out. As basecap end (1) is lifted. 9.Continued WARNING After lifting basecap end of mortar. 0011 00-3 .Continued 0011 00 REMOVAL OF ROUND . evacuate area. Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD). never allow basecap end to go below horizontal position until round is removed. Gunner lifts basecap end (1) of cannon and assistant gunner places hands around muzzle. 8.TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – HAND-HELD MODE . 7. Never put your hands behind or in front of the muzzle. If safety wire can be replaced. 2 1 10.

WARNING If you get two misfires in a row. If a round won't slide out of cannon. stop firing and notify unit maintenance. Notify EOD. 13. Reassemble and re-lay mortar. When round is removed.Continued 0011 00 REMOVAL OF ROUND . Swab cannon tube if time permits. 12. END OF TASK 0011 00-4 . 14.Continued 11.TM 9-1010-223-10 MISFIRE PROCEDURE – HAND-HELD MODE . lift base as high as possible and shake cannon to dislodge any debris. lay cannon flat on ground in direction of fire.

WP 0021 00) Small arms sling (item 14. WP 0021 00) ONE MAN CARRY WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 0012 00-1 Change 7 . Basic Issue Items. Three Man Carry INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts Aiming post case (item 2. Basic Issue Items. Two Man Carry. Basic Issue Items.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE 0012 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: One Man Carry. WP 0021 00) Sight unit case (item 3.

TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Lower cannon to lowest elevation and remove sight unit (1) by pressing on latch (2) and sliding the sight unit out of the dovetail slot (3) on the bipod. Stow sight unit (1) per instructions provided in sight unit case. Remove lights from aiming posts and stow lights in sight unit case (4) (item 3. Basic Issue Items. 2 1 3 3. 2. 1. 4 Change 7 0012 00-2 . WP 0021 00). especially if you do not have a small arms sling.Continued NOTE Mortar balances better with bipod attached to upper saddle.Continued 0012 00 ONE MAN CARRY .

5 5. 6 1 1 7 9 1 0 8 1 3 1 2 0012 00-3 Change 7 . WP 0021 00).TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Fold bipod underneath cannon (10) and latch elevating mechanism (7) to bipod yoke (11). 6.Continued 0012 00 ONE MAN CARRY . Swing mortar mount legs (8) together and lock plain wing nut (9). Center traversing mechanism (6) and fully depress elevating mechanism (7). 8. Retrieve aiming posts and place in aiming post case (5) (item 2. Pass one end of wire rope assembly (12) through opening in baseplate (13) and fasten snap hook to wire rope assembly. Basic Issue Items.Continued 4. 7.

Continued 9. WP 0021 00). NOTE Depending on conditions. Attach small arms sling (14) (item 14. through aiming post case carrying strap and with the other end fastened around basecap. Basic Issue Items. with one end slid over muzzle.Continued 0012 00 ONE MAN CARRY . steady mortar with the carrying handle (16). 10. Place small arms sling (14) over one shoulder. 11. 1 6 1 4 1 5 4 Change 7 0012 00-4 .TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Attach muzzle cover (15). Swing carrying handle (16) to carrying position. the crewman may be carrying more equipment than shown in illustration. and carry the sight unit case (4) with the other hand.

3 0012 00-5 Change 7 .Continued 0012 00 TWO MAN CARRY WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 1. Attach bipod (1) to lower saddle of cannon (2). Basic Issue Items. Remove lights from aiming posts and stow lights in sight unit case (item 3. WP 0021 00). Retrieve aiming posts and place in aiming post case (3) (item 2. Remove sight unit from bipod (p 0012 00-2).TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE . 2 1 2. Basic Issue Items. WP 0021 00).

Continued 0012 00 TWO MAN CARRY .TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE . sight unit case (8). 7 6 4 2 5 1 4. and aiming post case (3).Continued 3. assistant gunner carries baseplate (4). Attach muzzle cover (7). 3 8 Change 7 0012 00-6 . Gunner will carry cannon (2) and bipod (1) combination. Use snap hook to secure wire rope assembly. Detach baseplate (4) and wrap wire rope assembly (5) around basecap (6).

Basic Issue Items. Basic Issue Items. WP 0021 00). 2 1 0012 00-7 Change 7 . Remove sight unit from bipod (p 0012 00-2). WP 0021 00). 2. Remove lights from aiming posts and stow lights in sight unit case (1) (item 3.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE . Retrieve aiming posts and place in aiming post case (2) (item 2.Continued 0012 00 THREE MAN CARRY WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 1.

5 4 3 6 4. 7 8 END OF TASK Change 7 0012 00-8 . Close bipod and wrap wire rope assembly (7) around bipod legs. ammunition handler carries baseplate (6) and aiming post case (2). Detach baseplate (6). Attach muzzle cover (8). Remove cannon (4) from bipod (5) and close collar.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – CONVENTIONAL MODE .Continued 3. assistant gunner carries bipod (5) and sight unit case (1). Loosen knob on shock absorber assembly (3) and open collar.Continued 0012 00 THREE MAN CARRY . Use snap hook to secure wire rope assembly. The gunner carries cannon (4).

2. Lift cannon (1) and baseplate (2). Swing baseplate (2) against right side of cannon (1) and press baseplate until it latches. Rotate baseplate (2) 1/4 turn. WP 0021 00) CARRYING MORTAR WARNING Ensure that cannon is empty and firing selector is on S (safe) before carrying mortar. 1. Align baseplate quick release plungers (3) to mate with cannon catch (4). 3. 2 4 1 3 0013 00-1 . Basic Issue Items. 4.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – HAND-HELD MODE 0013 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Ca rrying Mortar INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts Small arms sling (item 14.

Basic Issue Items. WP 0021 00). Attach small arms sling (item 14. 5 6 END OF TASK 0013 00-2 .Continued 0013 00 CARRYING MORTAR . Depress detent plunger (5) and swing carrying handle (6) forward.Continued 5. 6. if desired.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENT – HAND-HELD MODE .

Refer to FM 9207. Keep equipment covered. Use LAW (item 13. Lubricate parts very lightly or operate dry. DAMP AND SALTY Clean and lubricate more frequently. 0014 00-1/2 blank . SAND Clean and lubricate more frequently. FROZEN GROUND Loosen ground to seat baseplate spades and bipod feet or use tree bough or sand bags to emplace mortar. Do not move fire control instruments from cold to warm areas. Remove lubricant from exposed parts before beginning an action. disassemble and perform scheduled lubrication. WP 0023 00). FORDING Disassemble and cover weapon. Clean and lubricate when action is over. Check optical instruments for fungus growth and condensation. HOT AND DRY Clean equipment and wipe dry. FM 31-70 and FM 31-71 for operation in cold climate. Keep equipment covered. If immersed.TM 9-1010-223-10 OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS 0014 00 COLD Keep ammunition and fire control instruments covered. Watch for seepage which could contaminate lubricant. SOFT MUD Use any available material to keep baseplate from sinking.

.

CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES FOR THE M224 60-MM MORTAR .

TM 9-1010-223-10

INTRODUCTION

0015 00

GENERAL This table lists the common malfunctions which you may find during the operation or maintenance of the 60mm mortar or its components. Perform the tests/inspections and corrective actions in the order listed. This table cannot list all the malfunctions that may occur, all the tests and inspections needed to find the fault, or all the corrective actions needed to correct the fault. If the equipment malfunction is not listed or actions listed do not correct the fault, notify your supervisor.

0015 00-1/2 blank

TM 9-1010-223-10

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

0016 00

THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: 60mm Mortar, M224

INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts General purpose lubricating oil (GPL) (item 12, WP 0023 00) Rifle bore cleaning compound (RBC) (item 7, WP 0023 00) Weapon lubricating oil (LAW) (item 13, WP 0023 00)

60MM MORTAR, M224 Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures. MALFUNCTION 1. ROUND FAILS TO FIRE. TEST OR INSPECTION CORRECTIVE ACTION

WARNING
Follow misfire procedures in chapter 2 to remove round before doing troubleshooting. 1. Check selector position. 1. Set selector at D if firing by drop method. 2. Set selector at T if firing by trigger fire method. 2. Check primer for dent from firing pin. 3. Check for dirty bore. If no dent present, notify unit maintenance. Clean tube thoroughly with RBC (item 7, WP 0023 00).

0016 00-1

Change 7

SHOCK ABSORBER RETURNS TOO FAST. MALFUNCTION 2. 1. 2. Check for binding or dents in housing. Notify unit maintenance if it cannot be corrected. Clean thoroughly. Check for dirt or grit.) Notify unit maintenance. WP 0023 00) through fitting in handle and turn it to the different settings. Extend shocks and release. Extend shocks and check for dirt or grit. SELECTOR WON'T TURN. Change 7 0016 00-2 . 3. Notify unit maintenance. Check for stripped threads or damaged collar. COLLAR AND KNOB WON'T CLOSE PROPERLY. LEFT LEG BINDS. Check for excessive backlash (1/8 turn or greater). 2. Notify unit maintenance. etc. Check for damage (bent rod. 3. 4. 7. Troubleshooting Procedures . Notify unit maintenance. SHOCK ABSORBER BINDS OR WON'T RETURN. 5.Continued. Check for travel limit. 6.Continued Table 1. BIPOD WILL NOT TRAVERSE PROPERLY. Clean thoroughly and lubricate. 1. TEST OR INSPECTION Check for dirt or foreign matter. 0016 00 CORRECTIVE ACTION Lubricate with LAW (item 13.TM 9-1010-223-10 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES . 1. 2. 1. Check for dirt or grit. Center fine cross level mechanism and readjust plain wing nut. WP 0023 00). Notify unit maintenance. Lubricate threads with GPL oil (item 12. Clean thoroughly.

Clean thoroughly. LOCKING CAP BINDS (M7 BASEPLATE). Notify unit maintenance. 1. Loosen locking knobs. Check for dirt or grit. 1. 2. If controls do not operate. LEFT LEG BINDS Continued. 8. Notify unit maintenance. 3. Check to see if locking knobs are tightened. 2. Check for dirt or grit. 2. Check for dirt or grit. Troubleshooting Procedures . Check for bends or dents in locking cap. 1. 0016 00 CORRECTIVE ACTION Clean thoroughly and lubricate. Clean thoroughly and lubricate. Clean thoroughly.Continued. notify unit maintenance. BASEPLATE LATCH WON'T LATCH (M8). MALFUNCTION 7. 9. Clean thoroughly and lubricate. 0016 00-3 Change 7 . Check for dirt or grit. Check for broken or damaged parts. 1. Notify unit maintenance. Check legs for damage. SIGHT UNIT CONTROLS DO NOT OPERATE. Check for damage (bent spindle. 2.Continued Table 1. etc. 10. BIPOD WILL NOT ELEVATE OR DEPRESS PROPERLY. Check for dirt or grit. Check for excessive backlash (1/8 turn or greater).TM 9-1010-223-10 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES . 3. 11.). Notify unit maintenance. Notify unit maintenance. TEST OR INSPECTION 2.

Check dovetail bracket for paint. Notify unit maintenance. NO OR LOW ILLUMINATION IN SIGHT UNIT.TM 9-1010-223-10 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES . Check dovetail bracket on bipod and dovetail on sight unit for nicks and burrs. Notify RSO immediately if damaged.Continued. OR AIMING POST LIGHTS. 13. Notify RSO immediately if damaged. Notify unit maintenance. Be careful not to scratch or nick metal surfaces. 2. MALFUNCTION 12. TEST OR INSPECTION 0016 00 CORRECTIVE ACTION WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 1. SIGHT UNIT WON'T ATTACH AND LOCK TO BIPOD. Remove paint. 1. Troubleshooting Procedures . RANGE INDICATOR ASSEMBLY.Continued Table 1. 2. Check for broken or bent dovetail on sight unit. Check for broken or cracked vials. Check index arrows and lenses for damage. Change 7 0016 00-4 . 3.

MALFUNCTION 14. Refer to WARNING information in the front of this manual for special handling instructions. Notify unit maintenance.Continued. Place sight unit in a warm area to see if moisture clears. END OF TASK 0016 00-5/6 blank Change 7 . 2. TEST OR INSPECTION 0016 00 CORRECTIVE ACTION NOTE If lenses are cracked or broken. 1. the illumination element may be damaged. Check lenses for cracks or breaks. Don't apply heat directly to sight unit lenses. Check lenses for moisture. POOR VISIBILITY IN SIGHT UNIT LENSES.TM 9-1010-223-10 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES .Continued Table 1. Troubleshooting Procedures .

.

CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE M224 60-MM MORTAR .

.

A WARNING means someone could be hurt. Always keep in mind the WARNINGs and CAUTIONs before and during operation. PMCS Procedures INTRODUCTION Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services must be performed by the operator to be sure the 60mm mortar will operate properly. troubleshoot. Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet. See DA PAM 750-8. The EQUIPMENT NOT READY/AVAILABLE IF column indicates deficiencies which must be corrected before you can operate the 60mm mortar.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). 0017 00-1 Change 7 . INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS 0017 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Introduction. When recording results of PMCS. If your equipment fails to operate. Report any deficiencies using the proper forms. A CAUTION means equipment could be damaged. Lubrication Instructions. Perform weekly as well as before operation PMCS if: (1) You are the assigned operator and have not used the item since the last weekly. The amount of time required is indicated in the MAN-HOUR column. BEFORE checks and services are performed prior to the mortar leaving its containment area or performing its mission. column on DA Form 2404. The INTERVAL column tells you when to do the check or service in the PROCEDURE column. The ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED column tells you the component of the mortar to be checked. entries in the PMCS ITEM NO. Lubrication Chart. DURING checks begin when the mortar is being used and AFTER checks and services begin when the mortar is taken out of its mission mode or returned to its containment area. (2) You are operating the item for the first time. column will be used for the TM Item No.

g e n e r a l p u r p o s e ( ite m 1 2 .L u b r ic a tin g o il. Clean fittings before lubricating.3 5 F L A W . w e a p o n s ( ite m 1 3 . Dry before lubricating. See FM 9-207 for lubrication in arctic conditions. lubricate as instructed in chapter 2. extend the intervals if proper lubrication procedures have been followed. WP 0023 00) and weapon lubricating oil (LAW) (item 13. For unusual operating conditions. LAW will be used for continuous subzero environments. W P 0 0 2 3 0 0 ) Change 7 0017 00-2 . WP 0023 00) are acceptable substitutes. When the weapon is not being used. Intervals are based on usual operating conditions. rifle bore cleaning compound (RBC) (item 7. WP 0014 00. However. W P 0 0 2 3 0 0 ) 0 F B E T W E E N 0 F A N D .Continued 0017 00 LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS Lubrication instructions throughout the PMCS table are mandatory. WP 0023 00). LUBRICATION CHART 0 F A N D A B O V E G P L . General purpose lubricating oil (GPL) (item 12. WP 0023 00) is the preferred lubricant. Clean parts with solvent cleaning compound (item 8. INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS .L u b r ic a tin g o il.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).

See TM 9-1000202-14. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60-mm Mortar.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). WP 0023 00) Wiping rag (item 16. WP 0023 00) Rifle bore cleaning compound (RBC) (item 7. WP 0023 00) Optical lens cleaning compound (item 6. Weapon has not been borescoped or pullover gaged within 180 days. WP 0023 00) General purpose lubricating oil (GPL) (item 12. INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . ITEM NO. WP 0023 00) Weapon lubricating oil (LAW) (item 13. 1. Weapon has not been borescoped every 100 rounds when firing subcaliber training rounds (M3 Sabot). WP 0023 00) References AR 190-11 DA Form 2408-4 NAVMC 10558A TM 9-1000-202-14 Table 1. WP 0023 00) Pressure sensitive adhesive tape (item 17.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 1 Before DA Form 2408-4.Continued 0017 00 PMCS PROCEDURES INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts Abrasive cloth (item 9. WP 0023 00) Cleaning tool brush (item 4. 0017 00-3 Change 7 . NAVMC 10558A (USMC only) Check if your weapon has been borescoped and pullover gaged within the past 180 days. WP 0023 00) Lens paper (item 14. Borescope every 100 rounds when firing subcaliber training rounds (M3 Sabot). INTERVAL MAN.

dents. or broken.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).Continued 0017 00 Table 1. After bore diameter reaches 2. ITEM NO. Check bore for rust. or evidence of gas leakage around breech cap (2). INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . bent.402 inches or after 10. WP 0023 00). Remove dust and dirt from cooling fins. weapon has not been borescoped every 1. 2. or broken fins. M225 3 1 2 1. NAVMC 10558A (USMC only) (Cont) 2 Before 60-mm Mortar Cannon. Lubricate all exterior unpainted surfaces and parts with light coat of GPL (item 12. INTERVAL MAN. Check cooling fins (3) for cracked. Wipe bore dry. bent. missing or damaged parts. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60-mm Mortar Continued. missing or damaged parts. Change 7 0017 00-4 . WP 0023 00).000 rounds fired. dents.ITEM TO BE PROCEDURE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 2. Remove light surface rust with abrasive cloth (item 9. Check for foreign matter in cannon tube (1). Cooling fins are cracked. Tube has bulges. Look for bulges. or evidence of gas leakage (discoloration) around breech cap. cracks.000 additional rounds. cracks. 1 (Cont) Before (Cont) DA Form 2408-4.

1. Trigger should click loudly with firing selector at T. Selector lever will not rotate easily through positions T. S. INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . S. Trigger should not fire mortar with firing selector at S or D.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. 0017 00-5 Change 7 . ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN. and D.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 3 Before Handle and Firing Mechanism WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 6 5 2 6 I . Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued. Place firing selector (1) at T. and D and check safety by squeezing the trigger (2). 1 CAUTION Excessive dry firing will prematurely wear out sear. Trigger fires when firing selector is in S or D or will not fire when firing selector is at T.

Missing or has damaged radiation warning. data plate.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). Change 7 0017 00-6 . INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . ITEM NO. or missing parts. Check for illumination of range indicator assembly (3) in darkened area.1 Before Handle and Firing Mechanism Check handle and firing mechanism for missing or damaged radiation warning. INTERVAL MAN.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 3 Before (Cont) (Cont) Handle and Firing Mechanism (Cont) s ! T 2. 3. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. or missing parts. No illumination. data plate.

Continued 0017 00 Table 1. 0017 00-7 Change 7 . Check for smooth operation of elevating mechanism (1). INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . and crossleveling mechanism (3). Leg (4) must move in and out smoothly with plain wing nut (5) loosened. traversing mechanism. traversing mechanism (2). Backlash exceeds 1/8 turn in traversing mechanism or elevating mechanism. M170 ! " #  1. Elevating mechanism. INTERVAL MAN. and/or crossleveling mechanism is not working. Legs bind. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued. ITEM NO.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 4 Before 60-mm Mortar Bipod. Plain wing nut will not lock.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).

TM 9-1010-223-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.
ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

4 Before (Cont) (Cont)

60-mm Mortar Bipod, M170 (Cont)
%

$
2. Extend shock absorbers (6); they must return smoothly, without binding, to original position when released. Check that collar (7) locks securely. Shock absorbers will not return without binding. Collar inoperable.

5

Before

Mortar Baseplate, M7 

Check for cracks or breaks. Check locking cap (1) for smooth 360° rotation.

Baseplate cracked or broken. Locking cap does not rotate 360°.

Change 7

0017 00-8

TM 9-1010-223-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.
ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

6

Before

Mortar Baseplate, M8 

Insert basecap (1) of cannon into socket of baseplate. Close latch (2). Check that latch pin seats and locks. Check for positive retention of baseplate on cannon. 7 Before Sight Unit M67

Latch is broken or baseplate comes off cannon when latch is locked.

WARNING

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3)

0017 00-9

Change 7

TM 9-1010-223-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.
ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

7 Before (Cont) (Cont) 

Sight Unit M67 (Cont)
1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 5 . 6 . 7 . 8 . 9 . 1 0 . T e le s c o p C o a rs e e C o a rs e e C r o s s - le v F in e e le v F in e e le v C o a rs e a E le v a tio n F in e a z im C o a rs e a e

' 



! "

& % $ #

le v a tio n s c a le le v a tio n s c a le a r r o w e l v ia l a tio n s c a le a tio n in d e x a r r o w z im u th ( d e fle c tio n ) in d e x a r r o w v ia l u th ( d e fle c tio n ) s c a le z im u th ( d e fle c tio n ) s c a le

1. Ten items on the sight unit are radioactively illuminated. Whenever you get a new sight unit, check the ten points in a darkened area. If any of the ten items is not illuminated, notify the local Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) or the TACOM-RI RSO.

Any of the ten items is not illuminated.

Change 7

0017 00-10

TM 9-1010-223-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.
ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 

!

" #

2. Look through eyepiece (1). Check for dirt, cracks, or fogging. Check eyeshield vent holes (2) for dirt. 3. Check that latching lever (3) secures sight unit mount to dovetail (4). 4. Check that bubbles in level vials (5) will move and vials are not cracked or loose in mounting. Check that vial covers rotate freely.

Target image is obstructed or reticle not visible. Sight unit mount will not fit in dovetail on bipod. Vials are broken. Vial covers will not rotate.

0017 00-11

Change 7

Azimuth or elevation knob slips when locking knobs are tightened. 2. 1.5 mils. Scale slips when in locked position. Change 7 0017 00-12 . Check that backlash on knobs (6 and 7) doesn't exceed 0. 1.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. Check that fine elevation scale (8) of elevation knob (6) slips only when screws (9) are loosened. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued. INTERVAL MAN.     & ' $ 6. ITEM NO. 2. Knobs won't turn. Check elevation knob (6) and azimuth (deflection) knob (7) for smooth operation (no binding).TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . Scale not readable.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 7 Before (Cont) (Cont) Sight Unit M67 (Cont) % $ 5.

ITEM NO. cracks.1. Scales do not rotate freely when depressed or do not return to tensioned position when released. Missing or has damaged radiation warning. or other parts. Check that level vial bubbles will move and vials are not broken or loose in mounting. 8 Before Boresight NOTE 60mm Mortar can be fired only in the hand-held mode if the M115 boresight is not ready/available. 7. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued. data plate. INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . 0017 00-13 Change 7 . INTERVAL MAN. Bubbles won't move. or fogging. This spring tension provides resistance of movement to the scales during operation. Check coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (11) and fine azimuth (deflection) scale (10) to ensure that they rotate freely when depressed. 2. Vials broken or loose in mounting. data plate. Check that mounting surfaces are free of nicks and burrs. Inspect lens for dirt.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. Check M67 sight unit for missing or damaged radiation warning.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). or other parts. 3.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 6. Nicks and burrs on mounting surfaces. Resistance of movement is weak or missing in tensioned position. 1. When released the scales should return to position under spring tension. Image is obstructed.

Check for evidence of tampering (aiming post lights are factory sealed and no disassembly is authorized or required). Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued. or other parts. data plate. Check for illumination in darkened area. Change 7 0017 00-14 . INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS .ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED Aiming Post Lights.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). ITEM NO.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. INTERVAL MAN. Missing or damaged radiation warning. or other parts. Wipe with clean dry cloth prior to use. 4. Check for missing or damaged radiation warning. data plate. No illumination. Evidence of tampering. 2. M58 or M59 PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 9 Before WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 1. 3.

M7  Check for cracks or breaks.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. Baseplate cracked or broken. Locking cap does not rotate 360°. ITEM NO. 11 During Mortar Baseplate. or after 10 rounds fired (approximately).ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 10 During 60-mm Mortar Cannon. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued. 0017 00-15 Change 7 . INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS .TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). M225 Cannon bore is required to be dry swab cleaned at the end of each fire mission. Check locking cap (1) for smooth 360° rotation. INTERVAL MAN.

INTERVAL MAN. M8  Insert basecap (1) of cannon into socket of baseplate. ITEM NO. WARNING RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) Change 7 0017 00-16 . INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS .TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 12 During Mortar Baseplate. 13 During Sight Unit M67 Latch is broken or baseplate comes off cannon when latch is locked. Close latch (2).Continued 0017 00 Table 1. Check for positive retention of baseplate on cannon. Check that latch pin seats and locks. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.

NAVMC 10558A (USMC only) Update DA Form 2408-4 to reflect day's firing.000 rounds fired.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. INTERVAL MAN. ITEM NO.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:  Scales slip Check coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (1) and fine during firing. azimuth (deflection) scale (2) to ensure that scales rotate freely when depressed and return to position under spring tension when released. weapon has not been borescoped every 1. 14 After DA Form 2408-4. After bore diameter reaches 2. 0017 00-17 Change 7 .TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).402 inches or after 10. INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.000 additional rounds.

INTERVAL MAN.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 15 After 60-mm Mortar Cannon. M225 1. Remove light surface rust with abrasive cloth (item 9. WP 0023 00). On third day after firing. WP 0023 00). WP 0023 00). ITEM NO. Fully extend left leg and lubricate unpainted surface with light coat of GPL oil. 17 After Mortar Baseplate. INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . WP 0023 00). M170 Move traversing mechanism through full range of movement and lubricate unpainted surface with light coat of GPL oil (item 12. clean with RBC. WP 0023 00). making sure that all surfaces are well coated. Immediately after firing and on the next two days. Do not wipe dry. WP 0023 00). Remove light surface rust with abrasive cloth (item 9. 16 After 60-mm Mortar Bipod. Lubricate all unpainted surfaces and parts with light coat of GPL oil (item 12. thoroughly clean with RBC (item 7. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued. 2. Lubricate all unpainted surfaces and parts with light coat of GPL oil (item 12.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. M7 Change 7 0017 00-18 . Wipe dry and lightly coat with GPL oil (item 12. WP 0023 00).

TM 9-1010-223-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.
ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

18

After

Mortar Baseplate, M8

Lubricate all unpainted surfaces and parts with light coat of GPL oil (item 12, WP 0023 00). Remove light surface rust with abrasive cloth (item 9, WP 0023 00).

19

After

Sight Unit M67

WARNING

RADIOACTIVE TRITIUM (H3) 

!

" #

1. Look through eyepiece (1). Check for dirt, cracks, or fogging. Check eyeshield vent holes (2) for dirt. 2. Check that latching lever (3) secures sight unit mount to dovetail (4).

Target image is obstructed or reticle not visible. Sight unit mount will not fit in dovetail on bipod.

0017 00-19

Change 7

TM 9-1010-223-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.
ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

19 After (Cont) (Cont)

Sight Unit M67 (Cont)

3. Check that bubbles in level vials (5) will move and vials are not cracked or loose in mounting.

Vials are broken.

% $

4. Check elevation knob (6) and azimuth (deflection) knob (7) for smooth operation (no binding). Check that backlash on knobs (6 and 7) doesn't exceed 0.5 mils.

1. Knobs won't turn. 2. Azimuth or elevation knob slips when locking knobs are tightened. 

 

 & ' $

Change 7

0017 00-20

TM 9-1010-223-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.
ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

5. Check that fine elevation 1. Scale not readable. scale (8) of elevation knob (6) slips only when screws 2. Scale slips (9) are loosened. when in locked position. 5.1. Check coarse azimuth (deflection) scale (11) and fine azimuth (deflection) scale (10) to ensure that they rotate freely when depressed. When released the scales should return to position under spring tension. This spring tension provides resistance of movement to the scales during operation. Scales do not rotate freely when depressed or do not return to tensioned position when released. Resistance of movement is weak or missing in tensioned position.

0017 00-21

Change 7

TM 9-1010-223-10

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS - Continued

0017 00

Table 1. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.
ITEM NO. INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

19 After (Cont) (Cont)

Sight Unit M67 (Cont)

6. Do not lubricate the sight unit. Wipe dry, using wiping rag (item 16, WP 0023 00). Clean lens with optical lens cleaning compound (item 6, WP 0023 00) and lens paper (item 14, WP 0023 00). Coat unpainted metal surface with GPL oil (item 12, WP 0023 00). After cleaning, cover exposed lens with two thicknesses of lens paper (item 14, WP 0023 00) and secure with pressure sensitive adhesive tape (item 17, WP 0023 00). Store in clean and dry rack, cabinet, or container that meets the security requirements of AR 190-11. Wipe with clean dry cloth prior to storage. Wipe with clean dry cloth prior to storage.

20 21

After After

Boresight Aiming Post Lights, M58 or M59

Change 7

0017 00-22

0017 00-23 Change 7 . Weekly. Remove light surface rust with abrasive cloth (item 9. INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . WP 0023 00). Wipe dry and lubricate all unpainted surfaces and parts with light coat of GPL oil (item 12. WP 0023 00) when weapon is not being fired. ITEM NO. use cleaning tool brush (item 4.Continued 0017 00 Table 1. or as needed. Clean with RBC (item 7. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 22 Weekly 60-mm Mortar Cannon. 2. Do not allow dirt or foreign matter to build up on the cooling fins. WP 0023 00). 23 Weekly Handle and Firing Mechanism Use LAW (item 13. M225 1. INTERVAL MAN. WP 0023 00) only in the handle lubrication fitting and on the firing selector.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). WP 0023 00) to carefully clean cooling fins on cannon to assure maximum heat transfer.

WP 0023 00). INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS . WP 0023 00). Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued. Lubricate all unpainted surfaces and parts with light coat of GPL oil (item 12. 26 Weekly Mortar Baseplate. Remove light surface rust with abrasive cloth (item 9. WP 0023 00).Continued 0017 00 Table 1. M170 1. INTERVAL MAN. WP 0023 00). Move traversing mechanism through full range of movement and lubricate unpainted surface with light coat of GPL oil (item 12. WP 0023 00). Remove light surface rust with abrasive cloth (item 9. ITEM NO.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). M7 Lubricate all unpainted surfaces and parts with light coat of GPL oil (item 12. M8 Change 7 0017 00-24 . 2.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 24 Weekly 60-mm Mortar Bipod. Lubricate all unpainted surfaces and parts with light coat of GPL oil (item 12. Remove light surface rust with abrasive cloth (item 9. WP 0023 00). 25 Weekly Mortar Baseplate. Fully extend left leg and lubricate unpainted surface with light coat of GPL oil. WP 0023 00).

ITEM NO.TM 9-1010-223-10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS). elevating mechanism. END OF TASK 0017 00-25/26 blank Change 7 .Continued 0017 00 Table 1. M170 Send bipod to field maintenance for servicing of collar shock absorber assembly. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for M224 60 mm Mortar Continued.ITEM TO BE HOUR CHECKED OR SERVICED PROCEDURE EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: 27 Semiannually 60-mm Mortar Bipod. INTERVAL MAN. and traversing mechanism. INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS .

.

M224 LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR MAINTENANCE 0018 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: 60mm Mortar. WP 0023 00). WP 0023 00) Synthetic thinner (item 18. and synthetic thinner (item 18. including lubrication instructions (WP 0017 00). WP 0023 00). WP 0023 00). Use only in a well ventilated area. The operator may also touch up the paint using polyurethane coating (item 15. END OF TASK 0018 00-1/2 blank . M224 INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts Paint brush (item 5.TM 9-1010-223-10 60MM. WP 0023 00) Polyurethane coating (item 15. Do not use near an open flame. paint brush (item 5. M224 Operator maintenance is limited to inspecting and servicing components as outlined in the following instructions: 1 2 PMCS. Care and cleaning of optical parts (WP 0019 00). WARNING Paint thinners are flammable and toxic. WP 0023 00) References WP 0017 00 WP 0019 00 60MM MORTAR.

.

WP 0023 00). CLEANING 1. 0019 00-1 . Keep optical parts free from oil and grease. Never use polishing liquids. Do not use cleaning cloths on optical surfaces. pastes. Wipe gently with clean lens paper to remove oil or grease from optical surfaces. WP 0023 00) Artist brush (item 3. WP 0023 00) Lens paper (item 14. WP 0023 00) with lens paper (item 14. WP 0023 00).TM 9-1010-223-10 CARE AND CLEANING OF OPTICAL PARTS 0019 00 THIS WORK PACKAGE COVERS: Wiping. Apply alcohol (item 1. WIPING 1. WP 0023 00) CAUTION Keep exposed surfaces of lenses and other parts clean and dry to prevent or retard corrosion of metal and etching of surfaces of glass. 3. Cold Weather Cleaning. Do not touch lenses or windows with bare fingers. Removal of Moisture INITIAL SETUP: Maintenance Level Operator Materials/Parts Alcohol (item 1. especially intended for cleaning optical glass. 2. or abrasives to polish lenses and windows. 2. Cleaning. Use only lens paper (item 14.

3. If moisture from condensation is not excessive. 3.TM 9-1010-223-10 CARE AND CLEANING OF OPTICAL PARTS . use dry lens paper and artist brush (item 3. This could cause unequal expansion of parts. If moisture from condensation is excessive. WP 0023 00). 2. WP 0023 00). 2. If alcohol is not available. WP 0023 00) moistened with alcohol (item 1. Condensation may cause moisture to collect on optical parts of instrument when temperature of parts is lower than that of surrounding air. REMOVAL OF MOISTURE 1. END OF TASK 0019 00-2 . notify unit maintenance. leading to damage and inaccurate functioning of optical parts.Continued 0019 00 COLD WEATHER CLEANING 1. CAUTION Do not apply heat directly from concentrated sources. Clean optical surfaces with lens paper (item 14. you can remove it by placing instruments in warm place. Wipe gently to avoid scratching or removing coated surface of optics.

TM 9-1010-223-10 CHAPTER 5 SUPPORTING INFORMATION .

.

M30 Mortars Northern Operations Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Materiel in Cold Weather (0° to .TM 9-1010-223-10 REFERENCES 0020 00 SCOPE This work package lists all field manuals. and Marine Corps publications referenced in this manual. Repair Parts.65°F) FORMS Equipment Control Record Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet Equipment Maintenance Log Product Quality Deficiency Report Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms Supply Discrepancy Report Weapon Record Data MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items Expendable/Durable Items (Except: Medical. M224 Standards for Protection Against Radiation The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual The Army Radiation Safety Program CTA 8-100 CTA 50-970 AR 385-11 10CFR Part 19 AR 190-11 AR 385-63 10CFR Part 21 FT 60-P-1 10CFR Part 20 DA PAM 750-8 DA PAM 385-24 DA Form 2408-9 DA Form 2404 DA Form 2409 SF 368 DA Form 2028 SF 364 DA Form 2408-4 FM 31-70 FM 4-25. Transportation. and Heraldic Items) Ionizing Radiation Protection (Licensing. FIELD MANUALS Basic Cold Weather Manual First Aid 4. miscellaneous publications. Class V. and Radiation Safety) Notices.11 FM 23-92 FM 23-90 FM 31-71 FM 9-207 0020 00-1 Change 6 . forms. technical manuals.2-Inch Mortar. Target Practice and Combat Reporting of Defects and Non-Compliance 60mm Mortar. Inspections Physical Security of Arms. Ammunition and Explosives Policies and Procedures for Firing Ammunition for Training. Control. Instructions. Disposal. and Reports to Workers.

14 TM 4700-15/1 MCO 5102.Continued 0020 00 TECHNICAL MANUALS Army Ammunition Data Sheets for Artillery Ammunition: Guns. Part II — Tube Data MCO P4400. M744. Mortars. M746. Ammunition.150 OPNAVINST 5530. Grenade Launchers and Artillery Fuzes Destruction Process for Equipment in FSC 1000 . and Explosives (AA&E) Department of the Navy Physical Security and Loss Prevention Equipment Record Procedures Ground Mishaps Report Marine Corps Radiation Safety Product Quality Deficiency Report Recommended Changes to Technical Publications Report of Item and Packaging Discrepancies Reporting of Item and Packaging Discrepancies Special Handling Tritium Fire Control TMDE Calibration and Maintenance Procedures Transportation and Travel Record of Transportation Discrepancies USMC Military Incentives Award Program Weapons Record Book. M745. Indirect Fire. and 22-mm Subcaliber Practice Cartridge. Howitzers. M747 USMC PUBLICATIONS AND FORMS Consumer-Level Supply Policy Manual Department of the Navy Physical Security Instruction for Conventional Arms.3 SECNAVINST 4355.17 NAVMC Form 10558A TM 43-0001-28 TM 750-244-7 TM 9-1000-202-14 TM 9-254 TM 9-1310-252-12&P TM 9-1220-243-12&P TM 9-1310-249-12&P Change 6 0020 00-2 . M16/M19 W/E Operator's and Organizational Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for 60-mm Mortar Training Device Sabot (Inert). M3.18 TI-5104-15/2A TI-4733-15/1D MCO P4610. Recoilless Rifles.1095 to Prevent Enemy Use Evaluation of Cannon Tubes General Maintenance Procedures for Fire Control Materiel Operator's and Unit Maintenance Manual (Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List) for Cartridge. M766 Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Plotting Board.TM 9-1010-223-10 REFERENCES .13 OPNAVINST 5530.3 MCO 4855.19 MCO 1650.10 NAVMC 10772 MCO 4430.1 MCO 5104. 60mm: Target Practice (SR).

These items are part of the M224 mortar. 0021 00-1 Change 7 . Basic Issue Items (BII)." Rebuild and replacement under a 5th Echelon rehabilitation program will be limited to these items only. Major items returned under this program will be evacuated under the provision(s) of the applicable Marine Corps Order(s) with items listed under "Supply System Responsibility. As part of the end item. of items that are furnished with and must be turned in with the end item. This list is for information purposes only and is not authority to requisition replacements. This is a list. of items that are supplied with the initial issue of an end item and are retained by the unit. General Army: The COEI and BII information is divided into the following lists: Components of End Item (COEI). This is a list. these items must be with the end item whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts. Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify the items. and to do emergency repairs. 5th Echelon Rehabilitation Program.TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS 0021 00 INTRODUCTION Scope This work package lists COEI and BII for the M224 mortar to help you inventory items for safe and efficient operation of the equipment. These essential items are required to place the M224 mortar in operation. in alphabetical sequence. Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify the items. Any item requiring replacement is the responsibility of the holding organization or using unit. Those items under the heading "Collateral Material" and using unit items shall be held by holding organizations/using units for application to replacement end items. in alphabetical sequence. Collateral Material. BII must be with the M224 mortar during operation and when it is transferred between property accounts. Listing these items is your authority to request/requisition them for replacement based on authorization of the end item by the TOE/MTOE. Although shipped separately packaged. operate it. Items of COEI are removed and separately packaged for transportation or shipment only when necessary. Marine Corps: The items listed in this work package will be handled by Marine Corps personnel as follows: Supply System Responsibility.

Change 7 0021 00-2 . Column (3) — Description. Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning purposes. Column (2) — National Stock Number (NSN). The stowage location of COEI and BII is also included in this column.Continued Explanation of Columns in the COEI List and BII List Column (1) — Illus Number. gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different models of equipment.Continued 0021 00 INTRODUCTION . Column (4) — Usable On Code. CAGEC. The last line below the description is the CAGEC (Commercial and Government Entity Code) (in parentheses) and the part number. Column (6) — Qty Rqr. Indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National Stock Number shown in column (2). Identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed by a minimum description when needed. and Part Number. Gives you the number of the item illustrated.TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS . Column (5) — Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the quantity required. When applicable.

60MM MORTAR. MORTAR.Continued 0021 00 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND MARINE CORPS SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY LIST 1 2 3 4 (1) ILLUS NUMBER (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 1010-01-043-7504 1010-01-043-4661 1010-01-521-1614 (4) (3) (5) DESCRIPTION. M170 (19206) 11579090 CANNON. M225 (19206) 11579080 EA EA EA (6) QTY RQR 1 2 3 1 1 1 4 EA 1 0021 00-3 Change 7 .TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS . CAGEC. M8 (19206) 11578990 BIPOD. 60MM MORTAR. USABLE AND ON CODE U/M PART NUMBER BASEPLATE. M7 (19206) 11579070 BASEPLATE. MORTAR.

TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS .Continued 6 5 7 (1) ILLUS NUMBER (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (4) (3) (5) DESCRIPTION. TELESCOPE (19200) 9356166 EA 1 7 6650-01-340-6082 EA 1 NOTE M67 Sight Unit telescope mount and elbow telescope must be ordered separately. Change 7 0021 00-4 . M67 (19200) 9356182 Consists of: EA (6) QTY RQR 5 1 6 6650-01-341-5195 TELESCOPE. OPTICAL DEVICE (19206) 9356181 MOUNT. CAGEC. ELBOW.Continued 0021 00 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND MARINE CORPS SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY LIST . USABLE AND ON CODE U/M PART NUMBER SIGHT UNIT.

Continued 8 N S P O E A O R D W C R E O O K B 9 NOTE These items are Marine Corps Supply System Responsibility items. SIGHT UNIT (19200) PRF13005489 (USMC ONLY) BOOK. CAGEC. but are not Army COEI.Continued 0021 00 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND MARINE CORPS SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY LIST . USABLE AND ON CODE U/M PART NUMBER CASE. WEAPONS RECORD (19206) 10558A-SD (USMC ONLY) EA (6) QTY RQR 8 1 9 0000-00-005-9811 EA 1 0021 00-5 Change 7 .TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS . (1) ILLUS NUMBER (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 6650-01-521-9875 (4) (3) (5) DESCRIPTION.

Continued 0021 00 BASIC ISSUE ITEMS AND MARINE CORPS COLLATERAL MATERIAL LIST 1 2 3 4 (1) ILLUS NUMBER (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 1010-01-044-1867 (4) (3) (5) DESCRIPTION. FIRE CONTROL (19200) 11733753 EA (6) QTY RQR 1 1 2 3 1290-01-043-8288 6650-01-521-9875 EA EA 1 1 4 1240-01-043-7502 EA 1 Change 7 0021 00-6 . ARTILLERY (19206) 11579275 CASE.TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS . CLEANING. AIMING POST (19200) 11733755 CASE. USABLE AND ON CODE U/M PART NUMBER BRUSH. CAGEC. SIGHT UNIT (19200) PRF13005489 (MARINE CORPS SSR) COVER.

USABLE AND ON CODE U/M PART NUMBER COVER.Continued 5 6 8 7 7 .TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS . SOCKET HEAD (0.035) (05047) B18.Continued 0021 00 BASIC ISSUE ITEMS AND MARINE CORPS COLLATERAL MATERIAL LIST . GUN MUZZLE (19206) 11579102 FUZE SETTER. ARTILLERY.1 5120-00-198-5400 EA 1 8 1290-00-169-1934 EA 2 0021 00-7 Change 7 . AIMING POST. M58 (Green) (19200) 11730975 EA EA EA (6) QTY RQR 5 6 7 1 1 1 7.3 LIGHT. MTSQ (19200) 12929246 HOOK. CLEANING (19206) 11578350 KEY.1 (1) ILLUS NUMBER (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 1010-01-048-1420 1390-01-326-0675 5340-00-257-1033 (4) (3) (5) DESCRIPTION. CAGEC.

M59 (Orange) (19200) 11730976 MITTEN. USABLE AND ON CODE U/M PART NUMBER LIGHT.Continued 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 (1) ILLUS NUMBER (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 1290-00-169-1935 (4) (3) (5) DESCRIPTION. CROSS TIP (81348) GGG-S-121 EA (6) QTY RQR 9 1 10 8415-01-092-0039 EA 1 11 12 1290-01-046-8320 5120-00-820-2995 EA EA 8 1 Change 7 0021 00-8 . AIMING. HEAT PROTECTIVE (81349) MIL-M-11199F POST. AIMING POST.TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS . M14 (19200) 11736201 SCREWDRIVER. CAGEC.Continued 0021 00 BASIC ISSUE ITEMS AND MARINE CORPS COLLATERAL MATERIAL LIST .

AIMING POST (19200) 11741788 TM 9-1010-223-10 EA (6) QTY RQR 13 1 14 15 1005-00-312-7177 1010-00-225-4906 EA EA 1 1 16 1010-01-043-8195 EA 1 17 EA 1 0021 00-9/10 blank Change 7 . DRIVING. FLAT-TIP 7/32 w tip. 1 in. CAGEC. SECTION CLEANING (19206) 8769496 STAKE.TM 9-1010-223-10 COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS . USABLE AND ON CODE U/M PART NUMBER SCREWDRIVER.Continued 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 6 (1) ILLUS NUMBER (2) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 5120-00-278-1269 (4) (3) (5) DESCRIPTION. SMALL ARMS (19204) 12002983 STAFF. lg (81348) GGG-S-121 SLING.Continued 0021 00 BASIC ISSUE ITEMS AND MARINE CORPS COLLATERAL MATERIAL LIST .

.

in alphabetical sequence. items that will not be issued with the end item. Column (5) — Qty Recm. TDA. General Army: Additional Authorization List. These items are all authorized to you by CTA. as required. Explanation of Columns in the AAL Column (1) — National Stock Number (NSN). Indicates the quantity recommended. This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the M224 mortar and that do not have to be turned in with it. 0022 00-1 Change 7 .TM 9-1010-223-10 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) 0022 00 INTRODUCTION Scope This work package lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the M224 mortar. When applicable. gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different models of equipment. Column (3) — Usable On Code. Column (2) — Description. Marine Corps: Using Unit Responsibility. or JTA. through the supply system by the holding organization or the using unit. and Part Number. CAGEC. Indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National Stock Number shown in column (1). This list identifies. Identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed by a minimum description when needed. They must be requisitioned. Column (4) — Unit of Measure (U/M). The last line below the description is the CAGEC (Commercial and Government Entity Code) (in parentheses) and the part number. Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning purposes. MTOE.

TM 9-1010-223-10 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) . SAND (81349) MIL-B-12233 BAG ASSEMBLY. M115. MAGNETIC. LOOSE-LEAF (19207) 11677003 BORESIGHT. HAND (96906) MS15766-1 EA AR 6675-01-067-0687 1290-00-930-4260 EA EA 1 1 4240-01-538-7970 EA AR 4930-00-537-8977 EA 1 Change 7 0022 00-2 . UNMOUNTED M2 (19200) 10547166 HEARING PROTECTION. M45A1. HEADSET (1QQ93) 97011 OILER. CAGEC. AIMING. PAMPHLET Cotton web. OPTICAL (19200) 10549221 CIRCLE. od (19207) 7961712 (USMC ONLY) BINDER. AND PART NUMBER BAG. M2A2 (19200) 11785090 COMPASS.Continued 0022 00 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST AND MARINE CORPS USING UNIT RESPONSIBILITY LIST (1) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 8105-00-285-4744 2540-00-670-2459 (2) DESCRIPTION. OPTICAL (19200) 11748094 OR (3) USABLE ON CODE (4) U/M (5) QTY RECM HD EA 1 1 7510-00-889-3494 1240-01-058-7460 EA EA 1 AR 1240-00-152-3512 BORESIGHT (W/E).

TM 9-1010-223-10 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) . M19 W/Case. Carrying (19200) 11748086 SCALE. AND PART NUMBER PLOTTING BOARD. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE (19200) 12913063 (For M722 WP) SCALE. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE (19200) 12960766 (For M720 HE) SCALE. CAGEC.Continued 0022 00 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST AND MARINE CORPS USING UNIT RESPONSIBILITY LIST . GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE (19200) 12983009 (For M767 IR) (3) USABLE ON CODE (4) U/M (5) QTY RECM EA 1 1220-01-045-4965 EA 1 1220-01-519-8295 EA 1 1220-01-394-8225 EA 1 1220-01-394-8209 EA 1 1220-01-461-8827 EA 1 0022 00-3 Change 7 . GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE (19200) 12913064 (For M721 IL) SCALE.Continued (1) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 1220-01-059-7989 (2) DESCRIPTION. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE (19200) 11741798 (For M720 HE) SCALE.

GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE (19200) 13008576 (For MAPAM.Continued (1) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 1220-01-394-1373 (2) DESCRIPTION. AND PART NUMBER SCALE.TM 9-1010-223-10 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) . GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE (19200) 12912961 (For M888 HE) SCALE. CAGEC.Continued 0022 00 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST AND MARINE CORPS USING UNIT RESPONSIBILITY LIST . M1061 HE) (3) USABLE ON CODE (4) U/M EA (5) QTY RECM 1 1220-01-569-3170 EA 1 Change 7 0022 00-4 .

Column (3) — National Stock Number (NSN). Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC). This column provides the other information you need to identify the item. CAGEC. Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the narrative instructions to identify the item (e. WP 0023 00). Description. This list is for information only and is not authority to requisition the listed items.. dozen. Column (4) — Item Name. EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST (1) ITEM NUMBER 1 2 (2) LEVEL C C (3) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 6810-00-201-0906 8105-00-269-4662 (4) ITEM NAME. etc. DENATURED: (81348) O-E-760 BAG. Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items.g. Explanation of Columns in the Expendable/Durable Items List Column (1) — Item Number. gross. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item (C = Operator/Crew). and Part Number (P/N). "Use cleaning compound (item 8. Class V Repair Parts. This is the NSN assigned to the item which you can use to requisition it. AND PART NUMBER ALCOHOL. Column (5) — Unit of Measure (U/M). and Heraldic Items). DESCRIPTION. or CTA 8-100. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970. This code shows the physical measurement or count of an item. such as gallon. PLASTIC: (81349) MIL-B-117 (5) U/M PT EA 0023 00-1 Change 7 ."). Column (2) — Level.TM 9-1010-223-10 EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST 0023 00 INTRODUCTION Scope This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain the M224 mortar.

CAGEC.1 (2) LEVEL C C C C (3) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 8020-00-201-1870 7920-00-205-2401 8020-00-242-7266 9150-01-193-6376 (4) ITEM NAME. OPTICAL LENS: (81349) MILC43454 CLEANING COMPOUND. LUBRICANT.5 lb can INSTRUCTION DECAL (19200) 11731011 (5) U/M EA EA EA CN 6 C 6850-00-392-9751 OZ 7 C 6850-00-224-6663 CN 8 C 6850-00-597-9765 CN 9 10 C C 5350-00-221-0872 9150-01-197-7689 PG LB 11 C 9905-00-257-2746 EA Change 7 0023 00-2 . CLEANING TOOL: (81349) MIL-S-43871 BRUSH. PRESERVATIVE (27412) CLP-9 CLEANING COMPOUND.Continued 0023 00 EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST . ARTIST: (81348) H-B-241 BRUSH. SOLVENT: (81348) O-C-1889 CLOTH. DESCRIPTION. ABRASIVE: crocus (58536) A-A-1206 GREASE. AUTOMOTIVE (81349) MIL-G-10924 6. RIFLE BORE (RBC): (81349) MILC372 CLEANING COMPOUND. AND PART NUMBER BRUSH. PAINT: (96906) MS16866 CLEANER.TM 9-1010-223-10 EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST .Continued (1) ITEM NUMBER 3 4 5 5.

WIPING: (58536) A-A-531 TAPE. AND PART NUMBER LUBRICATING OIL. PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE: 1 in. wide.TM 9-1010-223-10 EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST . SYNTHETIC: (85570) 020X304 (5) U/M CN 13 C 9150-00-292-9689 CN 14 15 16 17 C C C C 6640-00-285-4694 8010-01-229-7546 7920-00-205-1711 7510-00-266-6712 EA QT LB YD 18 C 8010-00-181-8080 CN 0023 00-3/4 blank Change 7 .Continued 0023 00 EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST . WEAPON: (LAW) (81349) MIL-L-14107 PAPER. 60 yd roll (19203) 8783476 THINNER.Continued (1) ITEM NUMBER 12 (2) LEVEL C (3) NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 9150-00-231-2361 (4) ITEM NAME. GENERAL PURPOSE: (GPL) (81349) MIL-L-3150 LUBRICATING OIL. DESCRIPTION. CAGEC. LENS: (81348) NNN-P-40 POLYURETHANE COATING (81349) MIL-C-53039 RAG.

.

Cartridge must be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters during training. M722A1 Cartridge. 60mm: HE. M888 Cartridge. WP. 60mm: HE.M204 3490 Meters Cartridge cannot be fired above charge 1 in hand-held mode. 60mm: FRP. M83 Series Cartridge. M224 mortar: Cartridge. 60mm: Smoke. M720A1 Cartridge. WP. 60mm: SRTP. 60mm: Smoke. When firing in 60mm Mortar M19 or M2. M721 Cartridge. use no more than two (2) charges. 60mm: HE. 60mm: HE.Multi-option. M768 Cartridge. 60mm: HE. 60mm: Illum. M720 Cartridge. M734 Propelling charge . 0024 00-1 Change 7 . M1061 M 7 2 0 C a r tr id g e F U Z E B O D Y P R O P E L L A N T IN C R E M E N T S P R IM E R O B T U R A T IN G B A N D F IN S Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Limitations: Remarks: High explosive/fragmentation and blast Olive drab w/yellow markings Fuze . 60mm: TP. 60mm: Illum. 60mm: HE. 60mm: Training Device Cartridge. M722 Cartridge.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES The following cartridges are authorized to be fired in the 60mm. M769 Cartridge. M49A4 Cartridge. M767 Cartridge. M766 Cartridge. WP. M50A3 Cartridge. 60mm: Training. 60mm: IR Illum. M69 Cartridge. 60mm: Smoke. M302A1/M302A2 Cartridge.

000 candle power average illumination for about 40 seconds.Continued M 7 2 1 C a r tr id g e P R O J E C T IL E B O D Y M M 0 1 0 1 F IN A S S E M B L Y IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) F U Z E O B T U R A T IN G R IN G IL L U M 6 0 M M C R T G M 7 2 1 P R O P E L L IN G C H A R G E Type/Use: Identification: Components: Illumination White w/black markings Fuze . Remarks: Cartridge provides 325. M776 Propelling charge .Mechanical Time Superquick (MTSQ). use no more than two (2) charges. M745 Propelling charge .M204 Max Range (burst): 3490 Meters Remarks: When firing in 60mm Mortar M19 or M2.Point Detonating (PD). M 7 2 2 C a r tr id g e P R O J E C T IL E B O D Y 6 0 M W P S M O K E C T G M 7 2 2 F IN A S S E M B L Y IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) P R O P E L L IN G C H A R G E F U Z E O B T U R A T IN G R IN G Type/Use: Identification: Components: Smoke (WP) Light green w/red markings and one yellow band Fuze .TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION .Continued 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES .M204. Cartridge cannot be fired in the 60 mm Mortar M19 or M2. Change 7 0024 00-2 . M235 Max Range (burst): 3490 Meters Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired below charge 1.

Continued 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES . use no more than two (2) charges. Cartridge must be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters during training.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION .PD. M935 Propelling charge . Remarks: When firing in 60mm Mortar M19 or M2. M525 Series or PD.M204 Max Range: 3490 Meters Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired above charge 1 in hand-held mode. M935 Propelling charge . M 4 9 A 4 C a r tr id g e G A S C H E C K S B O D Y P R IM E R F U Z E S A F E T Y W IR E P R O P E L L A N T IN C R E M E N T S F IN S Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Limitations: High explosive/fragmentation and blast Olive drab w/yellow markings Fuze .PD.M181 1930 Meters Short rounds may occur when fired in below 0°F temperatures. 0024 00-3 Change 7 .Continued M 8 8 8 C a r tr id g e O B T U R A T IN G B A N D F IN S P R IM E R B O D Y P R O P E L L A N T IN C R E M E N T S F U Z E S A F E T Y W IR E Type/Use: High explosive/fragmentation and blast Identification: Olive drab w/yellow markings Components: Fuze .

M182 Max Range (burst): 931 Meters Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired below charge 2. M935 (M302A1 Cartridge only)/PD.PD. M936 (M302A2 Cartridge only) Propelling charge .000 candlepower illumination for at least 30 seconds.M181 1630 Meters Short rounds may occur when fired in below 0°F temperatures. Remarks: Cartridge contains an illuminating candle/parachute assembly. M527 Series or PD.Continued M 3 0 2 A 1 /M 3 0 2 A 2 C a r tr id g e S A F E T Y /P U L L W IR E B O D Y P R IM E R P R O P E L L A N T IN C R E M E N T S F IN S F U Z E G A S C H E C K S Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Limitations: Smoke (white phosphorus)/screening and spotting Gray w/yellow band and yellow markings or light green w/yellow band and light red markings. Candles provide about 250. M 8 3 S e r ie s C a r tr id g e B O D Y P R IM E R F U Z E S A F E T Y W IR E P R O P E L L A N T IN C R E M E N T S F IN S Type/Use: Identification: Components: Illumination White w/black markings Fuze . Change 7 0024 00-4 .Time. M65 Series Propelling charge . Fuze .TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION .Continued 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES .

M525 Series Propelling charge .Ignition cartridge only Cartridge has an inert body and can be re-used (replacement of the ignition cartridge is required for re-use).TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION .Continued M 5 0 A 3 C a r tr id g e G A S C H E C K S B O D Y P R IM E R F IN S F U Z E S A F E T Y /P U L L W IR E P R O P E L L A N T IN C R E M E N T S Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Limitations: Remarks: Training and practice (TP) Blue w/white markings and brown bands Fuze .Continued 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES .PD. Cartridge contains a spotting charge. blue. or bronze w/white markings Fuze .M181 1930 Meters Short rounds may occur when fired in below 0°F temperatures. M 6 9 C a r tr id g e IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E / P R IM E R B O D Y Type/Use: Identification: Components: Remarks: Training Black. 0024 00-5 Change 7 .None Propelling charge .

The spent (fired) cartridges can be recovered for rebuilding and reuse. A pyrotechnic charge in the fuze produces a flash. Refer to TM 9-1310-249-12&P for additional information and instructions on its use. WILL NOT be fired unless equipped with Type IV Flange Nut Assembly. Practice. Rapid and condemning tube erosion will occur with noncompliance.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . PD. and a cloud of smoke on impact. Range of cartridge is reduced by removing increment plugs from projectile body. Removal of plugs allows gases to escape (from the mortar barrel) through the body and out the vent holes.Continued 6 0 M M T r a in in g D e v ic e 2 2 M M S U B C A L C A R T R ID G E S A B O T Type/Use: Components: Training Sabot. M746.Continued 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES . 2. an audible sound. M745. NSN 1315-01163-5428. Refer to TM 9-1310-252-12&P for instructions and limitations. M3 22 mm subcaliber cartridge (M744. 3. 0024 00-6 Change 7 6 0 M . or M747) CAUTION The M3 Sabot. M 7 6 6 C a r tr id g e O B T U R A T IN G B A N D P A C K IN G C L IP R A C T IC E S M 7 6 6 T G IN C R E M E N T P L U G F U Z E IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) D U D P L U G V E N T H O L E S Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Remarks: Target practice (short range)/training Blue w/brown band and white markings Fuze.ignition cartridge only 538 Meters 1. 4. M779 Propelling Charge . with any 22 mm Subcaliber Cartridge. Projectile body is hollow.

an audible sound.MTSQ.M235 3490 Meters Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars. A pyrotechnic charge in the fuze produces a flash.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . Candle provides infrared illumination.M235 Max Range (burst): 3490 Meters Limitations: Cartridge cannot be fired below charge 2. M776 Propelling charge .Continued M 7 6 7 C a r tr id g e P R O J E C T IL E B O D Y F IN IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) F U Z E O B T U R A T IN G R IN G IR IL L U M 6 0 M M 7 6 7 P R O P E L L IN G C H A R G E Type/Use: Identification: Components: Infrared illumination White w/black markings and orange band Fuze .PD. Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars. and a cloud of smoke on impact. 6 0 M 0 0024 00-7 Change 7 . M 7 6 9 C a r tr id g e P R O J E C T IL E B O D Y O B T U R A T IN G R IN G P R A C T IC E F R C R T G M 7 6 9 X X X X X -X X X P R O P E L L IN G C H A R G E IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) V E N T H O L E W /P L U G D O N O T F IR E IN M 1 9 O R M 2 M O R T A R W A R N IN G 1 0 F U Z E Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Limitations: Remarks: Training Blue w/white markings and brown band Fuze . M775 Propelling charge .Continued 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES . and is intended for use with Remarks: night vision devices.

M783 Propelling charge . Cartridge must be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters during training. Change 7 0024 00-8 .Continued 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES .PD/Delay.M235 3490 Meters Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars. M734A1 Propelling charge . M 7 6 8 C a r tr id g e P R O J E C T IL E B O D Y P R O P E L L IN G C H A R G E IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) P A X -2 1 F U Z E O B T U R A T IN G R IN G M 7 6 8 6 0 M F IN A S S E M B L Y Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Limitations: High explosive/fragmentation and blast Olive drab with yellow markings Fuze .Multi-option.M235 3490 Meters Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars. Cartridge must be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters during training.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION .Continued M 7 2 0 A 1 C a r tr id g e P R O J E C T IL E B O D Y P R O P E L L IN G C H A R G E IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) F U Z E O B T U R A T IN G R IN G M 7 2 0 A 1 P A X -2 1 6 0 M F IN A S S E M B L Y Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Limitations: High explosive/fragmentation and blast Olive drab with yellow markings Fuze .

TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION .Continued M 7 2 2 A 1 C a r tr id g e P R O J E C T IL E B O D Y P R O P E L L IN G C H A R G E F U Z E O B T U R A T IN G R IN G F IN A S S E M B L Y Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Remarks: M 1 0 6 1 C a r tr id g e Smoke (WP) Light green with red markings and one yellow band Fuze .M236 3450 Meters Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars.M204 3490 Meters Cartridge cannot be fired in the M2 or M19 60mm Mortars. Cartridge cannot be fired above charge 1 in hand-held mode. M734A1 Propelling charge . Anti-Materiel Olive drab with yellow markings Fuze .Continued 0024 00 AUTHORIZED CARTRIDGES . O B T U R A T IN G R IN G W P S M O K E C T G M 7 2 2 A 1 IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) 6 0 M P R O P E L L IN G C H A R G E N O T F IR E IN M 1 9 O R M 2 M O R T A R P B X N -1 1 0 C TG M 1061 X X -X X X X X -X X X M 2 3 6 P R O P C H G X X -X X X X X -X X X M 2 3 6 P R O P C H G W A R N IN G 0 8 0 3 M 2 3 6 P R O P C H G X X X -X X X X X X -X X X X X -X X - D O F U Z E P R O J E C T IL E F IN A S S E M B L Y IG N IT IO N C A R T R ID G E (W /P R IM E R ) Type/Use: Identification: Components: Max Range: Remarks: HE/ Anti-Personnel. M783 Propelling charge . Do not fire in hand-held mode with single ball range indicator. 0024 00-9 X X -X X - M 2 3 6 P R O P C H G M * * 6 0 R M * * Change 7 .PD/Delay.MO.

M721. Examine fin assembly for visible damage or looseness. including propelling charge supports. Retighten loose fin assemblies (by hand) before firing. and M722A1 cartridges. for turn-in. Remove propelling charge support clip from M720. Do not attempt to retighten a loose fuze or re-install a detached fuze. M720A1. and M1061 cartridges. M722A1. remove cartridge to dud pit and notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD). If the packing clip is not present. 2. M720A1.Continued 0024 00 PREPARATION FOR FIRING 1. M722A1. M768. Remove packing clip from M775 or M779 Practice Fuze prior to firing. M722. M722. Unpack cartridge. Clip should remain in place until just prior to firing. Examine propelling charges for visible damage. Adjust propelling charge for desired range. CAUTION Examine fuze for visible damage or looseness. M888. loose. NOTE Position propelling charge increments as close to the fin as possible to avoid short rounds. Inspect M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes for the presence of fuze packing clip. Set fuze for desired type of burst (M720. or detached fuzes shall be turned in to the Ammunition Supply Point (ASP) as unserviceable.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . Retain all packing materials. and M1061 cartridges). M769. 4. Cartridges with damaged (bent) fins or leaking propelling charges shall be turned in to the Ammunition Supply Point (ASP) as unserviceable. NOTE Remove packing stop from fuze of M720. Change 7 0024 00-10 . 3. Remove fuze pull/safety wires (just prior to loading and firing cartridge). M888. M768. Cartridges with damaged.

M722A1. fuze may be armed. Temperature limits for all other cartridges are -40°F to +125°F. M720A1. cartridge will be fired a minimum distance of 300 meters. Inspect M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes to ensure that fuze striker is not protruding from nose of fuze so that red stripe is visible. M888. Do not fire cartridge if fuze makes a buzzing sound when removing safety pins. LOADING AND FIRING WARNING Firing overhead of unprotected troops is prohibited during training.Continued 0024 00 PREPARATION FOR FIRING .TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION .Continued B O R E -R ID IN G P IN WARNING M525 and M527 PD Fuzes. Force applied to nose of fuze may cause it to function. Refer to AR 385-63 for guidance. Remove cartridge to dud pit. M722. personnel should take cover whenever possible when mortars are being fired over their heads. The mortar crew should consider taking cover whenever possible when firing at charges 0 and 1. M768. Firing temperature limits for M720. Check fuze for presence of bore-riding pin after removing safety pin. M721. During training. Adequate fragmentation cover will be taken when firing cartridges for distances less than 300 meters. taking care not to strike nose of fuze. 0024 00-11 Change 7 . Notify Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD). In combat. and notify EOD. Do not fire cartridge if bore-riding pin is missing. If fuze striker is protruding so that red stripe is visible. and M1061 cartridges are -50°F to +145°F. M767. Firing temperature limits for M766 and M769 practice cartridges are 0°F to +110°F.

or other foreign matter. Install packing stop (M720. Re-install propellant increments so that cartridge has a full charge. Replace packing clip on M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes.Continued 0024 00 LOADING AND FIRING . 3. Repack cartridge in original packaging. 1. Reset fuze. NOTE Do not mix propellant lots. M722. Install packing clip on M775 and M779 Practice Fuzes.Continued WARNING Before loading cartridge into cannon. Refer to chapter 2 for loading and firing instructions. 1. Replace safety wire if removed from fuze. UNFIRED CARTRIDGES CAUTION Replace upper safety pin first on PD M525 and M527 fuzes. If safety pins cannot be fully inserted into fuze. snow. Ensure that safety wire/clip (if any) is removed before firing. ensure that all components are free of sand. 4. notify EOD.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . Change 7 0024 00-12 . Check to ensure that cartridge has proper amount of charge. frost. and M722A1 cartridges). ice. 2. notify EOD. If packing clip cannot be fully inserted into fuze. mud. 2. 3. Re-install propelling charge support on all cartridge models originally packaged with propelling charge supports. moisture.

0024 00-13 Change 7 . Do not throw or drop live ammunition. Protect ammunition from rain and snow. 6. If this is not possible. Notify EOD of leaking WP cartridges. Failure to observe this precaution could result in rounds with erratic flight.Continued 0024 00 CARE AND HANDLING OF CARTRIDGES WARNING Do not fire unpacked ammunition which has been dropped. Avoid contact with any leakers. Do not handle duds. Cover fin assembly and propelling charge with fiber container lid/end cap. Store WP-loaded munitions separate from other types of ammunition. Protect cartridges when removed from ammo container.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . Cover cartridges with plastic sheets. 1. 8. Use proper tools to open ammo boxes and ammo containers. 2. 7. WP-loaded cartridges must be stored fuze-end up so that the WP will resolidify with the void space in the nose end of the cartridge (when the temperature returns below 111°F). 4. Do not break moisture resistant seal of ammo containers until cartridges are to be fired. Store WP-loaded cartridges at temperatures below 111°F to prevent melting of the WP filler. These cartridges will be returned to Ammunition Supply Point (ASP) as unserviceable. Stack cartridges on top of empty ammo boxes. Protect ammunition from direct rays of the sun. 3. 9. 5. or packaged ammunition which has been dropped from a height greater than one meter.

NSB. impact.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . expulsion charge. M776 Fuze S A F E T Y W IR E Functions: Settings: Remarks: Airburst/Impact 6 to 52 seconds Fuze has a mechanical arming/timing device. and safety wire/pin. IMP. near surface burst. M734 Fuze Functions: Settings: Remarks: Prox/impact Prox. Rotation of the fuze head does not alter the function mode. The markings (PRX.Continued 0024 00 FUZES Mechanical Time Superquick. M745 Fuze Functions: Settings: Remarks: Impact None Fuze functions on impact w/superquick action only. and DLY) are dummy settings. Multi-option. 0024 00-14 Change 7 . or 0. Point Detonating. See WP 0008 00 or WP 0009 00 for special instructions.05 second delay action. Fuze is handsettable.

Point Detonating. Fuze has a safety wire.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . Time.05 second delay action (M936 fuze used on SQ setting only). 0024 00-15 Change 7 .Continued Point Detonating. M65 Series Fuze Functions: Settings: Remarks: Air burst None (Fixed time) Fuze has a time train expelling charge and safety wire. M935 and M936 Fuzes Functions: Settings: Remarks: Impact Superquick or 0. M525 and M527 Fuzes Functions: Settings: Remarks: Impact None (superquick only) Fuzes have bore-riding pins and safety wires.Continued 0024 00 FUZES .

Continued 0024 00 FUZES . Point Detonating/Delay.05 second delay action 60 81 PRX/120 PRX/IMP/DLY 60 81 PRX setting is for use with 60mm mortar cartridges. Practice. or 0. 0024 00-16 Change 7 . impact.05 second delay. Multi-option. M775 or M779 Functions: Settings: Remarks: Impact Dummy Multi-option PRX/NSB/IMP/DLY Fuze has a smoke charge and a safety/packing clip.05 second delay action IMP/DLY Fuze functions on impact with superquick action or 0. See WP 0008 00 or WP 0009 00 for special instructions. 60 81 PRX and 120 PRX are dummy settings. M783 6 0 8 1 P R X 1 2 0 P R X IM P D L Y Functions: Settings: Remarks: Impact Superquick or 0. 120 PRX setting is for use with 120mm mortar cartridges only.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . M734A1 6 0 8 1 P R X 1 2 0 P R X IM P D L Y Functions: Settings: Remarks: Prox/Impact Prox.Continued Point Detonating.

Fuze can be set by hand. Remove safety/packing clip from fuze just prior to firing. for training purposes only. Point Detonating/Delay. 3. or DLY) is over index line.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . 0024 00-17 Change 7 . 2. Set fuze by rotating fuze head (in clockwise direction) until correct marking (60 81 PRX. and is not to be used when firing 60mm ammunition. 60 81 PRX and 120 PRX are dummy settings. IMP. 120 PRX setting is for use with 120mm mortar cartridges only. Set fuze by rotating fuze head (in clockwise direction) until correct marking (IMP or DLY) is over index line. This fuze only functions superquick on impact. This fuze has dummy multi-option PRX/NSB/IMP/DLY settings (for practice only). 2.Continued 0024 00 FUZE SETTING M775 or M779 Point Detonating (Practice) Fuze 1. 2. M783 6 0 8 1 P R X 1 2 0 P R X IM P D L Y 1. M734A1 6 0 8 1 P R X 1 2 0 P R X IM P D L Y 1. Fuze can be set by hand. Multi-option.

3.Continued M734 Multi-option Fuze M A R K IN G S IN D E X L IN E H E A D 1.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . The fuze comes set to PRX. IMP. NSB. or DLY) is over index line. (Burst height is 3-13 ft) Near Surface (nonjamming) (Burst height is 0-3 ft) Impact (SQ) IMP - DLY - Delay (0. Next illustration depicts burst types.Continued 0024 00 FUZE SETTING . PRX NSB - Proximity. Set fuze by rotating fuze head (in clockwise direction) until correct marking (PRX. Fuzes can be set by hand.050 seconds) Change 7 0024 00-18 . 2.

Continued 0024 00 FUZE SETTING . Disregard the markings (PRX. See firing table for correct time setting. Fuze functions on impact with superquick action only. 3. NSB. and DLY) on the fuze head. Use fuze setter (p 0024 00-21) to rotate the head of the fuze. 2. M745 PD Fuze 1.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . Rotate head of the fuze to the left (counterclockwise direction) until the inverted triangle/index line is lined up with the correct line and number of seconds of the time scale. 0024 00-19 Change 7 . Remove safety wire just prior to firing. No setting required. IMP. 4.Continued M776 MTSQ Fuze S A F E T Y W IR E T R IA N G L E / IN D E X L IN E T IM E S C A L E S L O T H E A D 1. 2.

Continued M935 and M936 PD Fuzes D S Q S U P E R Q U IC K S E T T IN G 1.Continued 0024 00 FUZE SETTING .TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . These fuzes are shipped pre-set to function superquick on impact. Delay setting (for M935 fuzes only) a. b. Selector slot should be aligned with SQ-mark on ogive. b. Verify setting prior to firing. D S Q D E L A Y S E T T IN G 2. Turn selector slot in clockwise direction until slot is aligned with D-marking on ogive. Use a flat tip screwdriver to change settings. Superquick setting a. Change 7 0024 00-20 .

2. No resetting required.Continued 0024 00 FUZE WRENCH/SETTERS Fuze Setter (Part No. 12929246) 1. M935 PD Fuze - 0024 00-21 Change 7 . M734A1 Multi-option Fuze . Rotate fuze head (in counterclockwise direction) until PRXmarking is over index line. M783 PD/Delay Fuze For M768 HE Cartridge.Rotate fuze head (in counterclockwise direction) until 60 81 PRX marking is over index line. Align selector slot with SQ-marking.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . For M722A1 Smoke (WP) Cartridge. Sets M776 MTSQ and DM93 Fuzes. Engages the single slotted fuze head. rotate fuze head (in counterclockwise direction) until 60 81 PRX marking is over index line. RESETTING FUZES M776 MTSQ Fuze M745 PD Fuze M734 Multi-option Fuze - Rotate fuze head counterclockwise until inverted triangle/index line is lined up with "S" line. rotate fuze head (in counterclockwise direction) until IMP marking is over index line.

Use firing table to determine proper charge for firing.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION . Do not mix lots. ignition cartridge. Change 7 0024 00-22 .Continued 0024 00 PROPELLING CHARGES MODEL NO. and primer. Do not substitute one model for another. M181 M182 M204 NO. 1. Cartridges are shipped with a complete propelling charge. OF INCREMENTS 4 4 4 TYPE OF CONTAINER Cellophane bags Cellophane bags Nitrocellulose/ fiber containers (horseshoe shaped) Nitrocellulose/ fiber containers (horseshoe shaped) Nitrocellulose/ fiber containers (horseshoe shaped) TYPE OF PROPELLANT M8 sheets M8 sheets M10 flake M235 4 M38 ball M236 4 M38 ball ADJUSTMENT OF PROPELLING CHARGE WARNING Propelling charges are not interchangeable. 2.

With the exception of M766 TP cartridge and M69 training cartridge. 6. M722A1. M767. The following chart shows number of plugs that should be remaining. Charge 0Charge 1Charge 2Charge 3Charge 4Ignition cartridge only Ignition cartridge and one increment Ignition cartridge and two increments Ignition cartridge and three increments Ignition cartridge and four increments WARNING Failure to reposition M204. and M1061 cartridges only). Close lid of box during firing to prevent accidental ignition from burning debris/residue. M769.Continued 3. 4. M720A1. Following chart shows number of increments that should be remaining. and M236 propelling charge increments could result in a short round. M888.TM 9-1010-223-10 AMMUNITION MARKING INFORMATION .Continued 0024 00 ADJUSTMENT OF PROPELLING CHARGE . reduce charge by removing proper number of propellant increments. 0024 00-23/24 blank Change 7 . M768. Charge 0 Charge 1 Charge 2 Charge 3 Ignition cartridge only Ignition cartridge and one plug Ignition cartridge and two plugs Ignition cartridge and three plugs 5. M722. Reduce range of M766 TP cartridge by removing plastic plugs from projectile body. Place excess increments in an empty ammo box for protection. M235. Slide remaining increments towards rear. until positioned against fins (M720. M721.

.

PAINT DELETED CANNON. MORTAR. DENATURED BAG. LOOSE-LEAF BIPOD. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 STOCK NUMBER 6810-00-201-0906 8105-00-269-4662 8105-00-285-4744 2540-00-670-2459 1010-01-043-7504 1010-01-043-4661 7510-00-889-3494 1010-01-521-1614 0000-00-005-9811 1240-00-152-3512 1240-01-058-7460 8020-00-201-1870 1010-01-044-1867 7920-00-205-2401 8020-00-242-7266 ITEM IDENTIFICATION ALCOHOL. MORTAR. M225 QTY UNIT USED OF IN MEAS UNIT PT EA HD EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA AR AR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AR AR 1 1 AR AR MONTH REMARKS EA 1 0025 00-1 Change 7 . CLEANING. M115. INVENTORY SHEET NAME OF EQUIPMENT M224 60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR ITEM NO. OPTICAL BRUSH. SAND BAG ASSEMBLY. OPTICAL BORESIGHT. M170 BOOK. ARTIST BRUSH.TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS INVENTORY SHEET 0025 00 NOTE Commanders will maintain sufficient quantity to support mission requirements. M8 BINDER. M7 BASEPLATE. WEAPONS RECORD BORESIGHT (W/E). 60MM MORTAR. 60MM MORTAR. M45A1. PAMPHLET BASEPLATE. PLASTIC BAG. ARTILLERY BRUSH. CLEANING TOOL BRUSH.

CLEANING INSTRUCTION DECAL KEY.1 5350-00-221-0872 1290-00-930-4260 1240-01-043-7502 1010-01-048-1420 PG EA EA EA AR 1 1 1 1390-01-326-0675 9150-01-197-7689 4240-01-538-7970 FUZE SETTER.Continued 0025 00 INVENTORY SHEET NAME OF EQUIPMENT M224 60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR ITEM NO. AUTOMOTIVE HEARING PROTECTION.1 33 5340-00-257-1033 9905-00-257-2746 5120-00-198-5400 1290-00-169-1934 EA EA EA EA 1 AR 1 2 Change 7 0025 00-2 . AIMING POST DELETED QTY UNIT USED OF IN MEAS UNIT EA 1 MONTH REMARKS 6650-01-521-9875 6675-01-067-0687 9150-01-193-6376 6850-00-224-6663 CASE. GUN MUZZLE DELETED EA EA CN CN 1 1 1 AR 22 6850-00-392-9751 OZ AR 23 6850-00-597-9765 CN AR 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30. M58 EA LB EA 1 AR AR 31 32 32. ABRASIVE COMPASS. PRESERVATIVE CLEANING COMPOUND. M2A2 CLEANER.1 20. FIRE CONTROL COVER. AIMING. LUBRICANT. MAGNETIC. 18 19 20 20. HEADSET HOOK. SIGHT UNIT CIRCLE.TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS INVENTORY SHEET .2 21 STOCK NUMBER 1290-01-043-8288 ITEM IDENTIFICATION CASE. MTSQ GREASE. SOCKET HEAD (0. AIMING POST. UNMOUNTED M2 COVER. OPTICAL LENS CLEANING COMPOUND. ARTILLERY.035) LIGHT. RIFLE BORE CLEANING COMPOUND. SOLVENT CLOTH.

M14 RAG. WEAPON MITTEN. FLATTIP QTY UNIT USED OF IN MEAS UNIT EA CN CN EA EA EA EA EA QT EA LB EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA 1 AR AR 1 1 1 AR 1 AR 8 AR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MONTH REMARKS 0025 00-3 Change 7 . CROSS TIP SCREWDRIVER. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE SCALE. M59 LUBRICATING OIL. GENERAL PURPOSE LUBRICATING OIL. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE SCALE. AIMING. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE SCALE.2 45. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE SCALE.5 46 47 STOCK NUMBER 1290-00-169-1935 9150-00-231-2361 9150-00-292-9689 8415-01-092-0039 6650-01-340-6082 4930-00-537-8977 6640-00-285-4694 1220-01-059-7989 8010-01-229-7546 1290-01-046-8320 7920-00-205-1711 1220-01-045-4965 1220-01-519-8295 1220-01-394-8225 1220-01-461-8827 1220-01-394-1373 1220-01-569-3170 5120-00-820-2995 5120-00-278-1269 ITEM IDENTIFICATION LIGHT. TELESCOPE OILER. LENS PLOTTING BOARD. 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 45.3 45. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE SCREWDRIVER. M19 POLYURETHANE COATING POST. HAND PAPER. WIPING SCALE.TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS INVENTORY SHEET . AIMING POST. HEAT PROTECTIVE MOUNT.4 45.1 45.Continued 0025 00 INVENTORY SHEET NAME OF EQUIPMENT M224 60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR ITEM NO. GRAPHICAL FIRING TABLE SCALE.

TM 9-1010-223-10 MARINE CORPS INVENTORY SHEET .Continued 0025 00 INVENTORY SHEET NAME OF EQUIPMENT M224 60MM LIGHTWEIGHT COMPANY MORTAR ITEM NO. DRIVING. 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 STOCK NUMBER ITEM IDENTIFICATION SIGHT UNIT. M67 QTY UNIT USED OF IN MEAS UNIT EA EA EA EA YD EA CN EA 1 1 1 1 AR 1 AR 1 MONTH REMARKS 1005-00-312-7177 1010-00-225-4906 1010-01-043-8195 7510-00-266-6712 6650-01-341-5195 8010-00-181-8080 SLING. SYNTHETIC TM 9-1010-223-10 Change 7 0025 00-4 . OPTICAL DEVICE THINNER. PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE TELESCOPE. AIMING POST TAPE. SECTION CLEANING STAKE. SMALL ARMS STAFF. ELBOW.

..................................................... Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) .. Assembly and Preparation for Firing – Hand-held Mode...... Assembly and Preparation for Firing – Conventional Mode ................................. Expendable and Durable Items List ...................................................... Care and Handling of Cartridges......................... Differences Between Modes ...... E Emplacement of Mortar (Conventional Mode) ...................................................................Page No............... 0024 00-17 Fuze Wrench/Setters ................. Equipment Characteristics...................................................... Drop Fire Method .. Cookoff............................................ 0024 00-14 0005 00-1 0007 00-1 0002 00-1 0002 00-4 0002 00-1 0023 00-1 0004 00-1 0001 00-3 0002 00-3 0003 00-1 0019 00-1 0024 00-13 0021 00-1 0010 00-1 0001 00-2 0022 00-1 0024 00-22 0024 00-1 0005 00-1 0006 00-1 0024 00-1 WP Sequence No.... D Description and Use of Operator Controls and Indicators ........... Emplacing Aiming Posts for Indirect Fire.................................... F Fuze Setting ................ Authorized Cartridges ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Ammunition Marking Information ............ Destruction of Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use ............. 1 Change 7 .... Capabilities........................................ Equipment Description and Data ... 0024 00-21 Fuzes ............................................... B Boresighting.........TM 9-1010-223-10 INDEX Subject A Additional Authorization List (AAL) ................................. Equipment Data......................... Adjustment of Propelling Charge............................................... ............................................................ and Features......................................................... 0005 00-9 C Care and Cleaning of Optical Parts .......................................................... Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (BII) Lists ..........................................

................................................................................................................................................ 0010 00-1 I Installation of M67 Sight Unit .................................... .................................................................. Marine Corps Inventory Sheet........ Records..................................Page No.. 0007 00-1 0008 00-1 0009 00-1 0014 00-1 0001 00-1 0018 00-1 0025 00-1 0010 00-1 0010 00-1 0011 00-1 0001 00-1 0024 00-11 0008 00-1 0009 00-1 0002 00-1 0017 00-2 WP Sequence No.CONTINUED Subject G General Information ..................................................................... 0001 00-1 H Hangfire ............................................................................................. and Reports ......... Operating Procedures – Loading and Firing Conventional Mode ...... Lubrication Instructions............................................TM 9-1010-223-10 INDEX ....................................................................... Misfire Procedure – Hand-held Mode ............................... O Operating Procedures – Emplacing Aiming Posts for Indirect Fire ............... M Maintenance Forms............................................... Loading and Firing – Conventional Mode ....................... Loading and Firing – Hand-held Mode............................................................. Misfire .. Change 5 2 .................................................................................................. Operation Under Unusual Conditions............ Location and Description of Major Components . Misfire Procedure – Conventional Mode ........................................................ Hand-held Mode.. 0005 00-5 L Loading and Firing – Ammunition ... Model Number and Equipment Name ........................ Maintenance Procedures ......

.................. Preparation for Movement – Hand-held Mode............................................................................ and Handling .................................................................................. Troubleshooting – Introduction.............. 0020 00-1 Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR) ...................................................... Type of Manual ........................ Troubleshooting Procedures................................................................................... Tritium (H3) Safety............. Care....................... Three Man Carry ........................................ R References ... Preparation for Movement – Conventional Mode ...........CONTINUED Subject P Preparation for Firing ...................... 0001 00-2 Resetting Fuzes..................................................................................... 3/4 blank Change 7 ...... Lubrication Chart ................ Introduction....................................................... 0024 00-21 S Scope...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... U Unfired Cartridges......................................................................... 0024 00-12 0003 00-1 0003 00-3 0001 00-3 0015 00-1 0016 00-1 0001 00-1 0024 00-10 0012 00-1 0012 00-1 0012 00-7 0012 00-5 0013 00-1 0017 00-1 0017 00-1 0017 00-2 0017 00-2 0017 00-3 0024 00-22 0001 00-1 WP Sequence No............................................................. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)............................. PMCS Procedures ................................................................. Lubrication Instructions........................................................ M224 Lightweight Company Mortar Maintenance .......... Propelling Charges ..................................................... 0018 00-1 T Theory of Operation.............................. Two Man Carry ................. Including Lubrication Instructions ....... One Man Carry ... 0001 00-1 60MM.......................................................................... ......................................................... Purpose of Equipment ...TM 9-1010-223-10 INDEX ....... Trigger Fire Method .........................Page No..................

.

.

PIN: 048819-007 .

S. United States Army Chief of Staff 05348 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 400550 requirements for TM 9-1010-223-10. ✰U. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE:1998-746-025/80096 .By Order of the Secretary of the Army: DENNIS J. REIMER General.

.

ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER TM 9-1010-223-10 ITEM NO. DATE TITLE Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar. FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028. GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON. TABLE NO. Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM). WHICH WILL BE USED USAPPC V3. PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE DA FORM 2028. 60MM. TACOM-RI 1 ROCK ARSENAL ROCK ISLAND. TYPED NAME. M224 (NSN 1010-01-0205626) RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes. 1 DEC 68. 1 PAGE NO.00 . see AR 25-30. Change to read “Borescope every 100 rounds when firing subcaliber training rounds (M3 Sabot) *Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph. IL 61299-7630 FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) PART I. if possible).RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS For use of this form. the proponent agency is ODISC4.* FIGURE NO. 0017 00-3 PARAGRAPH LINE NO. DATE TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS.

Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. LINE NO.) TYPED NAME. or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. ITEM NO. COLM NO. 60MM. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED PAGE NO. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) TOTAL NO. PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE .TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS PUBLICATION NUMBER TM 9-1010-223-10 DATE TITLE Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar. GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON. FIGURE NO. RECOMMENDED ACTION PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations.

PAGE NO. see AR 25-30. DATE TITLE Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar. TYPED NAME. the proponent agency is ODISC4.* FIGURE NO.RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS For use of this form. *Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph. DATE TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS. TABLE NO. Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM). 1 DEC 68. PARAGRAPH LINE NO. if possible). FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028. TACOM-RI 1 ROCK ARSENAL ROCK ISLAND.ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER TM 9-1010-223-10 ITEM NO. PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE DA FORM 2028. M224 (NSN 1010-01-0205626) RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes. 60MM.00 . GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON. WHICH WILL BE USED USAPPC V3. IL 61299-7630 FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) PART I.

LINE NO.) TYPED NAME. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed. GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON.TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS PUBLICATION NUMBER TM 9-1010-223-10 DATE TITLE Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar. RECOMMENDED ACTION PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations. PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE . FIGURE NO. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. ITEM NO. COLM NO. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) TOTAL NO. or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED PAGE NO. 60MM.

PARAGRAPH LINE NO. TYPED NAME. TABLE NO.RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS For use of this form. PAGE NO. FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028. DATE TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS. M224 (NSN 1010-01-0205626) RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes.ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER TM 9-1010-223-10 ITEM NO.* FIGURE NO. GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON. the proponent agency is ODISC4. *Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph. 60MM. 1 DEC 68. PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE DA FORM 2028. IL 61299-7630 FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) PART I. DATE TITLE Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar. WHICH WILL BE USED USAPPC V3. Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM). if possible). TACOM-RI 1 ROCK ARSENAL ROCK ISLAND. see AR 25-30.00 .

GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON. ITEM NO. or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms.) TYPED NAME. RECOMMENDED ACTION PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations. COLM NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED PAGE NO. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) TOTAL NO.TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS PUBLICATION NUMBER TM 9-1010-223-10 DATE TITLE Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. FIGURE NO. PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE . 60MM. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed. LINE NO.

PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE DA FORM 2028. Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM). see AR 25-30. TACOM-RI 1 ROCK ARSENAL ROCK ISLAND.RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS For use of this form.00 . IL 61299-7630 FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) PART I. FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028. 1 DEC 68. 60MM. *Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph. PARAGRAPH LINE NO. DATE TITLE Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar. TABLE NO. WHICH WILL BE USED USAPPC V3. the proponent agency is ODISC4. M224 (NSN 1010-01-0205626) RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Provide exact wording of recommended changes. TYPED NAME. PAGE NO. GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON.* FIGURE NO.ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER TM 9-1010-223-10 ITEM NO. DATE TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS. if possible).

GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON. M224 (NSN 1010-01-020-5626) TOTAL NO. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed. ITEM NO. 60MM. FIGURE NO. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NO. PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE 048819-002 . COLM NO. LINE NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED PAGE NO. RECOMMENDED ACTION PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations.) TYPED NAME.TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS PUBLICATION NUMBER TM 9-1010-223-10 DATE TITLE Operator’s Manual Lightweight Company Mortar. or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms.

.

PIN: 048819-000 .

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful